As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2011

REGISTRATION NO. 333-169561

333-169581-01

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

______________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

______________________

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

(EXACT NAME OF MVA DEPOSITOR/ISSUER REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

_______________________

New York	04-2845273
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)	(I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

60 East 42nd Street, Suite 1115, New York, New York 10165   (212) 983-6352

(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

_______________________

SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)

(EXACT NAME OF GUARANTOR REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

_______________________

Delaware	04-2461439
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)	(I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481  (781) 237-6030

(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

_______________________

Sandra M. DaDalt

Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

One Sun Life Executive Park, SC 1335

Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

(800) 786-5433

(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

_______________________

Copies of Communications to:

Thomas C. Lauerman, Esq.

Jorden Burt LLP

1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, NW, Suite 400E

Washington, D.C. 20007-0805

(202) 965-8156

______________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable following effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans), check the following box.  R

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check One):

Large accelerated filer	£	Accelerated filer	£
Non-accelerated filer	R	Smaller reporting company	£

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered	Amount to be registered (1)	Proposed maximum aggregate price per unit(2)	Proposed maximum aggregate offering price (2)	Amount of registration fee
Market value adjusted interests under deferred annuity contracts(3) . . . . . . . .	$6,682,390	100%	100%	$713(4)
Subordinated guarantee relating to market value adjusted interests under deferred annuity contracts(5) . . . . . . .	--	--	--	None

(1)	An indeterminate number or amount of market value adjusted interests under deferred annuity contracts of Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York that may from time to time be issued at indeterminate prices, in U.S. dollars. In no event will the aggregate maximum offering price of all securities issued pursuant to this registration statement exceed $6,682,390, which reflects an increase (in reliance on Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act) of $5,279,895, as compared with the maximum amount on which this registration fee was paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.
(2)	Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee.
(3)	The market value adjusted interests registered hereby are the "Guarantee Periods" issued on terms and conditions set forth in deferred annuity contracts and described in the prospectus contained in this registration statement. The issuer of the market value adjusted interests is Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York.
(4)	This amount is offset as follows, in reliance on Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act: $100 of the registration fee paid with respect to the Form S-3 Registration statement filed by Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, as registrant, (File No. 333-144912, was paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement, by offset pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act. Pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act, an additional $613 of registration fee is payable as a result of the increase in the maximum aggregate amount referred to in note (1) above. This additional amount, is offset as follows, in reliance on Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act: $613 of the registration fee paid with respect to the Form S-3 Registration statement filed by Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, as registrant, (File No. 333-133683, the initial filing of which Registration Statement was made on May 1, 2006) is associated with securities that, due to the termination of the offering pursuant to that registration statement will not be sold thereunder, and said $613 of registration fee is hereby applied to offset the registration fee for this Registration Statement.
(5)	Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) is the issuer and guarantor of the subordinated guarantee and this subordinated guarantee is being sold without separate consideration. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act no separate fee for the subordinated guarantee is payable.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933, the prospectus contained herein also relates to Registration Statement No. 333-119154 under the Securities Act of 1933 and 811-04440 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SUPPLEMENT DATED JANUARY 21, 2011

to

PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2007

for the following annuities:

SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERSSM REWARD NY

SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERSSM SELECT NY

Background

This Supplement revises certain of the information contained in the above-listed prospectuses (as previously supplemented) that pertain to annuity Contracts issued by Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York (“Sun Life (N.Y.)”.  We refer to the prospectus for your Contract (as previously supplemented) as the “Prospectus,” and words and phrases used in this Supplement have the same meaning as the Prospectus gives to them.

This Supplement is being provided to you as a Participant under one of the above-listed Contracts. You should retain this Supplement with the Prospectus for future reference. If you need an additional copy of the Prospectus or any supplement thereto, please call (800) 752-7215.

Sun Life (N.Y.) is the issuer of the Contracts and is responsible for satisfying all of its obligations to you under the Contracts.  As we previously have advised you, however, our parent company--Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) (“Sun Life (U.S.)”)--has guaranteed certain of our obligations under the Contracts.  Specifically, subject to the terms and conditions discussed in the Prospectus, Sun Life (U.S.) has guaranteed our obligations under the Guarantee Periods that are an investment option under the Contracts.  We refer to this guarantee as the “Subordinated Guarantee.”

Revised Information

(1) Closing of New Allocations to Guarantee Periods

Effective September 23, 2010, we are no longer been accepting any additional amounts to be invested in or allocated to any Guarantee Periods. This applies to all Contracts, whether issued before or after that date; and the only exception is that we are continuing to permit new Purchase Payments to be allocated to 6-month and 12-month Guarantee Periods from which automatic periodic transfers can be made pursuant to our dollar-cost averaging program.

Otherwise, all Guarantee Periods are closed to new amounts from any source, including: initial or subsequent Payments you may make (including Payments directed into our Secured Future Program); transfers of Account Value into a Guarantee Period from any other Guarantee Period or Sub-Account; renewals at the end of an existing Guarantee Period; and any other amounts.

Any of your Account Value that is already being held in a Guarantee Period, is not affected by our closing the Guarantee Periods to new amounts. At the end of that Guarantee Period, we will automatically transfer all of your Account Value remaining therein to the Money Market Sub-Account, if you have not by that time requested that we transfer all of such amounts to any other Sub-Account(s).

Because we are not offering any new Guarantee Periods in connection with our Secured Future Program, you may not allocate any additional amounts to that program.

Although we have the discretion at any time to again accept allocations into new Guarantee Periods, we do not have any current intention to commence doing so, except as described above in connection with dollar-cost averaging.

(2) Update of Communicating to Us About Your Contract

You may submit transaction requests or otherwise communicate with us in writing or by telephone. All materials sent to us, including Purchase Payments, must be sent to our Service Address. For all telephone communications, you must call (800) 752-7215. In addition, the authorized registered representative of the broker-dealer of record may submit transfer requests on your behalf in writing, by telephone, or over the Internet on our broker website. To use the broker website, the registered representative must first consent to our online terms of use. (See “Requests for Transfers” under “Transfer Privilege.”)

Unless this Prospectus states differently, we will consider all materials sent to us and all telephone communications to be received on the date we actually receive them at our Service Address. However, we will consider all financial transactions, including Purchase Payments, withdrawal requests and transfer instructions, to be received on the next Business Day if we receive them (1) on a day that is not a Business Day or (2) after the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which is normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. In some cases, receipt of requests for financial transactions by the broker-dealer of record will be deemed to be constructive receipt by us. This would include only cases where we have a specific agreement with the broker-dealer that provides for this treatment and the broker-dealer electronically forwards to us the request promptly after the end of the Business Day on which it receives the request in good order. In such cases, financial transactions received by us in good order will be priced that Business Day, provided the broker-dealer received the request before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. For information about whether we have this type of arrangement with your broker-dealer, you may call us at the above number.

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or over the Internet, may be unavailable or delayed. Any computer or telephone system (including yours, ours, and your registered representative’s) can experience delays or outages that may delay or prevent us from processing your request. While we have taken reasonable precautions to allow our systems to accommodate heavy usage, we do not guarantee access or reliability under all circumstances. If you experience delays or an outage, you may submit your request to us in writing to our Service Address.

When we specify that notice to us must be in writing, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion, to accept notice in another form.

Electronic Account Information

Contract Owners may elect to receive prospectuses, transaction confirmations, reports and other communications in electronic format, instead of receiving paper copies of these documents. To enroll in this optional electronic delivery service Contract Owners must register and log on to our Internet customer website at https://customerlink.sunlife-usa.com. First-time users of this website can enroll in this electronic delivery service by selecting "eDeliver Documents” when registering to use the website. If you are already a registered user of this website, you can enroll in the electronic delivery service by logging on to your account and selecting "eDeliver Documents" on the “Update Profile” page. The electronic delivery service is subject to various terms and conditions, including a requirement that you promptly notify us of any change in your e-mail address, in order to avoid any disruption of deliveries to you. You may obtain more information and assistance at the above-mentioned internet location or by writing us at our Service Address or by telephone at (800) 752-7215.

(3) Update of Request for Transfers

You, your authorized registered representative of the broker-dealer of record, or another authorized third party may request transfers in writing or by telephone. Registered representatives of broker-dealer firms that have entered into selling agreements with us may, on behalf of their clients, submit transfer requests electronically over the Internet on our broker website. To use this electronic transfer service, a registered representative must agree to our online terms of use. You can contact us by telephone at (800) 752-7215 if you wish to identify broker-dealers with registered representatives that use this service.

If a written, telephone, or electronic transfer request is received before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m., the transfer will be priced that day. The telephone transfer privilege is available automatically during regular business hours before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, and does not require your written election. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that instructions communicated to us by telephone or electronically are genuine. These procedures may require any person requesting a transfer by telephone or electronically to provide personal identifying information. We will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone or electronically that we reasonably believe are genuine.

We reserve the right to deny any and all transfer requests made by telephone or electronically and to require that certain transfer requests be submitted in writing. A transfer request may be denied if it is not in good order or if it does not comply with the terms of our short-term trading policy or the trading policy of a fund involved in the transfer. If an electronic or a telephone transfer request is denied, we will immediately notify you and your authorized registered representative.

We also reserve the right to suspend, modify, restrict, or terminate the telephone or electronic transfer privilege at any time. Your ability (or the ability of your authorized registered representative or another authorized third party) to request transfers by telephone and/or electronically may also be limited due to circumstances beyond our control, such as during system outages or periods of high volume.

A transfer request will be priced at the Variable Accumulation Unit value next determined at the close of the Business Day if we receive the transfer request, in good order, before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. Otherwise, the transfer request will be effective on the next Business Day.

No more than one transfer request of Account Values may be made on the same Business Day regardless of whether the request is made by you, your authorized registered representative, or another authorized third party, and regardless of whether the request is submitted in writing, by telephone, or electronically. The Company has established reasonable procedures for handling multiple transfer requests received on the same Business Day, including processing the first transfer request received in good order on a Business Day (unless otherwise cancelled in accordance with the cancellation procedures described in the next paragraph).

You, your authorized registered representative, or another authorized third party may cancel a transfer request by contacting us by telephone at (800) 752-7215 before the end of the Business Day during which the transfer request was submitted. We may also permit your authorized registered representative to request cancellation of a transfer request electronically over the Internet, provided we receive the electronic request before the end of the Business Day during which the transfer request was submitted.

(4) Update of Voting of Fund Shares

To the extent required by law, we will vote all shares held in the Variable Account in accordance with instructions we receive from persons with voting interests in the Funds. During the Accumulation Phase, you will have the right to give voting instructions, except in the case of a Group Contract in which the Owner has reserved this right. During the Income Phase, the Payee (that is, the Annuitant or Beneficiary entitled to receive benefits) is the person having the right to give voting instructions.

Before a vote of the shareholders of a Fund occurs, each person with voting interests in the Fund will receive voting materials from us. We will ask those persons to instruct us on how to vote and to return their respective voting instructions to us in a timely manner. Each such person is permitted to cast votes based on the dollar value of the shares of each Fund that we hold for your Contract in the corresponding Sub-Account. We calculate this value based on the number of Variable Accumulation Units or Variable Annuity Units allocated to your Contract as of the date set by the Fund and the value of each Variable Accumulation Unit or Variable Annuity Unit on that date. We count fractional votes.

We will vote any shares attributable to us and Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as the shares for which we receive instructions from person(s) with voting interests in the Fund. Because of this method of proportional voting, a small number of persons with voting interests in the Fund may determine the outcome of a shareholder vote. If, however, we determine that we are permitted to vote the Fund shares in our own right, then we may do so.

Note: Owners of Qualified Contracts issued on a group basis may be subject to other voting provisions of the particular retirement plan and under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Employees who contribute to retirement plans that are funded by the Contracts may be entitled to instruct the Owners as to how to instruct us to vote the Fund shares attributable to their contributions. Such retirement plans may also provide the additional extent, if any, to which an Owner shall follow voting instructions of persons with rights under those plans. If no voting instructions are received from any such person with respect to a particular Contract, the Owner may instruct us as to how to vote the number of Fund shares for which instructions may be given.

(5) Update of Available Information

Sun Life (N.Y.) and Sun Life (U.S.) have filed with the SEC a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Guarantee Periods and the Subordinated Guarantee under your Contract.  For further information regarding Sun Life (N.Y.), Sun Life (U.S.), the Guarantee Periods, and the Subordinated Guarantee, you may refer to the Form S-3 registration statement and its exhibits. In addition, Sun Life (U.S.) is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).  Accordingly, Sun Life (U.S.) files reports and other information with the SEC to meet those requirements.  These include the SEC filings incorporated by reference below.

You can read and copy such reports and other information, as well as the Form S-3 registration statement, at the SEC's public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  You can also find these materials on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

(6) Update of Information Incorporated by Reference

Sun Life (U.S.) incorporates herein by reference the SEC filings listed below:

l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009;
l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2010;
l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010;
l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2010; and
l	all of Sun Life (U.S.)’s other filings made pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after June 30, 2010 prior to the termination of the offering of the Guarantee Periods and Subordinated Guarantee pursuant to the Prospectus.

Sun Life (N.Y.) currently is not required to file the foregoing types of materials pursuant to the Exchange Act.  To the extent that it in future makes any such filings, however, Sun Life (N.Y.) incorporates herein by reference all filings that it makes pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of the offering of the Guarantee Periods and Subordinated Guarantee pursuant to the Prospectus.

Each of Sun Life (U.S.) and Sun Life (N.Y.) will furnish, without charge, upon your written or oral request, a copy of the documents referred to above which that company incorporates by reference into this Supplement, other than exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this Supplement).  Requests for any of such documents should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

The information contained in this Supplement automatically modifies or supersedes the information in any previously filed supplement or amendment, to the extent the new information differs from or is inconsistent with the old information.

(7) Update of Distribution of the Contracts

Under the heading “Distribution of the Contracts” in the Prospectus, in the first paragraph, “National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.” is replaced with “Financial Industry Regulatory Authority” and “NASD” is replaced with “FINRA”. The last sentence of that section is replaced by the following language:

Commissions will not be paid with respect to Accounts established for the personal account of employees of the Company or any of its affiliates, or of persons engaged in the distribution of the Contracts, or of immediate family members of such employees or persons.

The commissions paid to or retained by Clarendon in connection with the distribution of the Contracts were as follows for the years indicated:

	2007	2008	2009
Sun Life Financial MastersSM Reward NY	$2,670	$1,360	0
Sun Life Financial MastersSM Select NY	$66,544	$37,968	$630

(8) Update of Legal Proceedings

Sun Life (N.Y.), like other insurance companies, is involved in lawsuits, including class action lawsuits. In some lawsuits involving insurers, substantial damages have been sought and/or material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, Sun Life (N.Y.) believes that, at the present time, there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on the Variable Account, on the ability of Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc. to perform under its principal underwriting agreement, or on our ability to meet our obligations under the Contract.

(9) Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The consolidated financial statements incorporated herein by reference from the Annual Report of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph, referring to the Company changing its method of accounting for certain assets and liabilities to a fair value measurement approach as required by accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2008, and changing its method of accounting for income taxes as required by accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2007), which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Their office is located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

SUPPLEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 25, 2008

TO

PROSPECTUSES DATED MAY 21, 2007

FOR MFS REGATTA GOLD NY AND FUTURITY NY

PROSPECTUSES DATED MAY 1, 2007

FOR MFS REGATTA NY, SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERS REWARD NY

AND SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERS SELECT NY

ISSUED BY SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

SUN LIFE (N.Y.) VARIABLE ACCOUNT C

Effective October 1, 2008, we will no longer issue any new annuities under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (so-called Section 403(b) annuities or tax-sheltered annuities, including Texas Optional Retirement Program annuities) (“TSAs”).  After December 31, 2008, we will no longer accept any additional Purchase Payments to any previously issued TSAs.

The Internal Revenue Service’s (“IRS”) comprehensive TSA regulations are effective January 1, 2009, and these regulations, subsequent IRS guidance, and/or the terms of an employer’s TSA plan impose new restrictions on TSAs, including restrictions on (1) the availability of hardship distributions and loans, (2) TSA exchanges within the same employer’s TSA plan, and (3) TSA transfers to another employer’s TSA plan.  You should consult with a qualified tax professional about how the regulations affect you and your TSA.

The TSA regulations provide that TSA hardship withdrawals will be subject to the IRS rules applicable to hardship distributions from 401(k) plans.  Specifically, if you have not terminated your employment or reached age 59½, you may be able to withdraw a limited amount of monies if you have an immediate and heavy financial need and the withdrawal amount is necessary to satisfy such financial need.  An immediate and heavy financial need may arise only from:

l	deductible medical expenses incurred by you, your spouse, or your dependents;
l	payments of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for you, your spouse, or your dependents;
l	costs related to the purchase of your principal residence (not including mortgage payments);
l	payment necessary to prevent eviction from your principal residence or foreclosure of the mortgage on your principal residence;
l	payments for burial or funeral expenses for your parent, spouse, children, or dependents; or
l	expenses for the repair of damage to your principal residence that would qualify for the federal income tax casualty deduction.

You will be required to represent in writing to us (1) that your specified immediate and heavy financial need cannot reasonably be relieved through insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of your assets, by ending any contributions you are making under your TSA plan, by other distributions and nontaxable loans under any of your qualified plans, or by borrowing from commercial sources and (2) that your requested withdrawal amount complies with applicable law, including the federal tax law limit.  And, unless your TSA was issued prior to September 25, 2007 and the only payments you made to such TSA were TSA funds you transferred directly to us from another TSA carrier (a “90-24 Transfer TSA”), your TSA employer also may need to agree in writing to your hardship request.  Hardship withdrawals are fully taxable, plus you may be required to pay a 10% federal income tax penalty.  A hardship withdrawal may not be repaid once taken.

If your TSA contains a provision that permits loans, you may request a loan but you will be required to represent in writing to us that your requested loan amount complies with applicable law, including the federal tax law limit.  And, unless your TSA is a 90-24 Transfer TSA, your TSA employer also may need to agree in writing to your loan request.

If you wish to transfer or exchange your TSA for another TSA within the same or different TSA plan, you will be able to do so only if the issuer of the new TSA certifies to us that the transfer or exchange is permissible under the TSA regulations and the applicable TSA plan.  Your TSA employer also may need to agree in writing to your transfer/exchange request.

Please retain this supplement with your prospectus for future reference.

SUPPLEMENT DATED September 27, 2007

to

PROSPECTUSES

for

MFS REGATTA-NY, dated May 21, 2007

FUTURITY-NY, dated May 21, 2007

REGATTA GOLD-NY, dated May 21, 2007

SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERSSM REWARD-NY, dated May 1, 2007

SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERSSM SELECT-NY, dated May 1, 2007

We are Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York ("Sun Life (N.Y.)").  We are the issuer of the following five forms of combination fixed and variable annuity contracts (the "Contracts"):  MFS Regatta-NY, Futurity-NY, Regatta Gold-NY, Sun Life Financial MastersSM Reward-NY, and Sun Life Financial MastersSM Select-NY.  Each of these forms of Contract is described in a prospectus dated May 21, or May 1, 2007.  This supplement relates to each of those May 21, and May 1, 2007 prospectuses.

Purpose of this Supplement

This supplement provides additional information about the "Guarantee Periods" under the Contracts.  The "Guarantee Periods" are the fixed investment options under the Contracts.  Each Guarantee Period pays interest at a guaranteed rate for a specified period of time, although withdrawals made before the end of the period may be subject to a "Market Value Adjustment" that can increase or decrease the amount of your withdrawal proceeds.  For a complete description of the Guarantee Periods available under your Contract, see "THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS: THE GUARANTEE PERIODS" and "WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT" in the above-listed prospectus that pertains to your Contract.

The purpose of this supplement is to advise you that, as to Guarantee Periods that commence on or after the date of this supplement, the obligations of Sun Life (N.Y.) will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) ("Sun Life (U.S.)"), pursuant to a subordinated guarantee (the "Subordinated Guarantee").  (If you have allocated amounts under your Contract to a Guarantee Period that commenced before the date of this supplement, that Guarantee Period also has now been guaranteed by Sun Life (U.S.), pursuant to a separate subordinated guarantee that is identical in all relevant respects to the Subordinated Guarantee to which this supplement relates. Therefore, all of the information in this supplement about the Subordinated Guarantee applies equally to Sun Life (U.S.)'s guarantee of your older Guarantee Period.)

The Subordinated Guarantee does not relieve Sun Life (N.Y.) of any obligations under your Contract.  Indeed, the Subordinated Guarantee is provided in addition to all of the other rights and benefits available under your Contract.  There is no cost to you to obtain the benefits of the Subordinated Guarantee, and there are no disadvantages to you of having this additional guarantee.

You can learn more about Sun Life (U.S.), the guarantor, and the Subordinated Guarantee in the discussions that follow.

The Guarantor

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) ("Sun Life (U.S.)") is the guarantor under the Subordinated Guarantee.  Sun Life (U.S.), a reporting company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), is a stock life insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Sun Life (U.S.) is authorized to transact an insurance business in all states of the United States other than New York, as well as in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Sun Life (U.S.) and its subsidiaries are engaged in the sale of individual and group variable life insurance, individual and group fixed and variable annuities, group pension contracts, guaranteed investment contracts, group life, group disability, and group stop loss insurance.

Sun Life (N.Y.) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sun Life (U.S.).  Sun Life (U.S.), in turn, is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial, Inc. ("Sun Life Financial").  Sun Life Financial, a corporation organized in Canada, is a public reporting company with the SEC, with common shares listed on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges.

As "reporting" companies with the SEC, Sun Life (U.S.) and its parent company (Sun Life Financial) are subject to ongoing requirements to periodically file financial statements and other information about their business with the SEC, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act").  This information is generally available to the public from the SEC (and, in many cases, from other sources). See "Available Information" and "Incorporation of Documents by Reference," below.  Notwithstanding Sun Life (U.S.)'s compliance with reporting requirements, the SEC does not regulate the financial condition of Sun Life (U.S.) and has not passed upon the merits of Sun Life (U.S.) serving as the guarantor under the Subordinated Guarantee. Nor does the SEC regulate or pass upon the terms or value of the Subordinated Guarantee.

The Subordinated Guarantee

Under the terms of the Subordinated Guarantee, Sun Life (U.S.) guarantees Sun Life (N.Y.)’s obligations with respect to any Guarantee Periods commencing on or after September 27, 2007.  The Subordinated Guarantee applies unless and until we notify you otherwise.  If we give you such notice, the Subordinated Guarantee would remain in effect for all Guarantee Periods that had already started, but would be inapplicable to Guarantee Periods starting after the date given in such notice.

Under the terms of the Subordinated Guarantee:

l	If we fail to honor any valid request to surrender, transfer, or withdraw any amount from a Guarantee Period, or fail to allocate amounts from a Guarantee Period to an annuity option when obligated to do so, Sun Life (U.S.) guarantees the full amount that you would have received, or value that you would have been credited, had we fully met our obligations with respect to such Guarantee Period. This guarantee, however, does not guarantee the amount of your Account Value that is allocated to any variable investment option available under your Contract and does not guarantee the investment performance of any of those variable investment options.
l	If we fail to pay any amount that becomes payable upon the death of a Contract owner, participant or annuitant, Sun Life (U.S.) guarantees the unpaid amount, up to the account value in any Guarantee Period, increased by any accrued but uncredited interest attributable thereto and increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment that would have been payable upon any surrender of the Contract at that time (but not decreased by any negative Market Value Adjustment).  This Subordinated Guarantee, however, does not cover the full amount that may be payable on death pursuant to the terms of the Contract.  While the amount guaranteed by Sun Life (U.S.) under the Subordinated Guarantee equals the amount of your Account Value that is invested in the Guarantee Periods (increased by certain uncredited interest and Market Value Adjustments), the amount payable on death is based on a number of other factors that may include, for example, the amount of Purchase Payments you have made, any increase in death benefit amount under an optional death benefit rider, and the total amount of your Account Value (including Account Value allocated to variable investment options). Thus, to the extent that the amount payable on death exceeds the amount of your Account Value invested the Guarantee Periods (increased for any interest and Market Value Adjustments as noted above), Sun Life (U.S.) does not guarantee the payment of that excess. Accordingly, the Subordinated Guarantee guarantees payment only of those amounts payable on death from the Guarantee Periods and not any amounts payable on death from the variable investment options or from Sun Life (N.Y.)’s other assets.
l	If we fail to make payment when due of any amount that is guaranteed by Sun Life (U.S.), you could directly request Sun Life (U.S.) to satisfy our obligation, and Sun Life (U.S.) must do so. You would not have to make any other demands on us as a precondition to making a claim against Sun Life (U.S.) under the Subordinated Guarantee. To make a claim under the Subordinated Guarantee you may submit a written communication addressed directly to Sun Life (U.S.), P.O. Box 9133, Wellesley Hills, MA 02481.

The Subordinated Guarantee is an "unsecured" obligation of Sun Life (U.S.).  This means that, if Sun Life (U.S.) does not meet its obligations to you under the Subordinated Guarantee, there is no collateral on which you can foreclose to obtain payment.  Also, the Subordinated Guarantee is a "subordinated" obligation.  This means that, if Sun Life (U.S.) does not meet its obligations to you under this Subordinated Guarantee, and Sun Life does not have enough assets and other resources to satisfy all of its obligations, Sun Life (U.S.) will pay almost all of its other obligations before it pays your claim under the Subordinated Guarantee.  The only obligations of Sun Life (U.S.) that would not be paid before your claim would be any obligations whose terms provide that they will be equal with or come behind the Subordinated Guarantee.  The fact that the Subordinated Guarantee is unsecured and subordinated increases the likelihood that, if Sun Life (U.S.) is unable or otherwise fails to pay all of its obligations, you may be unable to obtain payment from Sun Life in accordance with the terms of the Subordinated Guarantee.

The laws of the state of New York govern the Subordinated Guarantee.  Under the terms of the Subordinated Guarantee, you or your beneficiary may bring a proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction in the City of New York to enforce the obligations of Sun Life (U.S.) as guarantor. Sun Life (U.S.) has agreed to submit to the jurisdiction of such New York courts in these proceedings.

The Reason for the Subordinated Guarantee

Under the SEC’s rules, and if certain other requirements are met, the Subordinated Guarantee relieves Sun Life (N.Y.) of its obligation to file annual, quarterly, and current reports with the SEC on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, and Form 8-K, respectively.  Sun Life (N.Y.) expects that all of the requirements necessary to cease filing such reports will be met, which will save Sun Life (N.Y.) the expense of being an SEC reporting company.

Sun Life (U.S.) files its own annual, quarterly and current reports on Forms 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, respectively.  Sun Life (N.Y.) is included in Sun Life (U.S.)’s consolidated financial statements.  In particular, a footnote to the Sun Life (U.S.) consolidated financial statements will contain condensed consolidating financial information with separate columns for Sun Life (U.S.), Sun Life (N.Y.), and other subsidiaries of Sun Life (U.S.), together with consolidating adjustments.

Available Information

Sun Life (N.Y.) and Sun Life (U.S.) have filed with the SEC a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Guarantee Periods and the Subordinated Guarantee under your Contract.  This supplement and the prospectuses to which it relates do not contain all of the information contained in that registration statement and its exhibits.  For further information regarding Sun Life (N.Y.), Sun Life (U.S.), the Guarantee Periods, and the Subordinated Guarantee, you may refer to the Form S-3 registration statement and its exhibits.

In addition, Sun Life (U.S.) is, and Sun Life (N.Y.) has been, subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act").  Accordingly, Sun Life (U.S.) files, and Sun Life (N.Y.) has filed, reports and other information with the SEC to meet those requirements.  After the date of this supplement, it is expected that Sun Life (N.Y.) will no longer file reports under the Exchange Act.  The financial statements of Sun Life (N.Y.) will, however, continue to be included in the Statements of Additional Information in registration statements with respect to the Contracts that have been filed on Form N-4 with the SEC by Sun Life (N.Y.) and Sun Life (N.Y.) Variable Account C.  Those Statements of Additional Information are incorporated by reference into the prospectuses to which this supplement relates.  Also, as noted above under "The Reasons for the Subordinated Guarantee," Sun Life (N.Y.) has been and will continue to be included in the consolidated financial statements of Sun Life (U.S.).

You can inspect and copy all of the above-described registration statements, reports and other information at the SEC's public reference facilities at the following locations: Washington, D.C. - 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 and Chicago, Illinois - 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661.  The Washington, D.C. office will also provide copies by mail for a fee.  (You may obtain information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference facilities by calling 1-800-SEC-0330).  You may also find these materials on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

Incorporation of Documents by Reference

Sun Life (U.S.) incorporates herein by reference the SEC filings listed below:

l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006;
l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007;
l	Sun Life (U.S.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007; and
l	all of Sun Life (U.S.)’s other filings made pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after June 30, 2007.

Sun Life (N.Y.) incorporates by reference the SEC filings listed below:

l	Sun Life (N.Y.)’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006;
l	Sun Life (N.Y.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007;
l	Sun Life (N.Y.)’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007; and
l	all of Sun Life (N.Y.)’s other filings made pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after June 30, 2007.

Each of Sun Life (U.S.) and Sun Life (N.Y.) will furnish, without charge, upon your written or oral request, a copy of the documents referred to above which that company has incorporated by reference into this supplement, other than exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this supplement).  You may also request, free of charge, a copy of the Statement of Additional Information that is incorporated by reference into your prospectus to which this supplement relates.  Requests for any of such documents should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

Offering of the Subordinated Guarantee

The Subordinated Guarantee, together with the Contracts, is offered through Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc., as general distributor.  The offering is made on a continuous, best efforts basis.

PROSPECTUS

MAY 1, 2007

SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERS® SELECT NY

Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York and Sun Life (N.Y.) Variable Account C offer the flexible payment deferred annuity contracts described in this Prospectus to individuals.

You may choose among a number of variable investment options and fixed interest options. The variable options are Sub-Accounts in the Variable Account, each of which invests in shares of one of the following funds (the "Funds"):

Large-Cap Equity Funds	Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series -	PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio -
B Class	Admin. Class
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series -	International/Global Small/Mid-Cap Equity Funds
B Class	First Eagle Overseas Variable Series
Mutual Shares Securities Fund - Class 2	Mid-Cap Equity Funds
Lord Abbett Series Fund All Value Portfolio - Class VC	Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth & Income Portfolio -	Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio - Service Class 2
Class VC	Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities
MFS®/ Sun Life Core Equity Series - S Class	Portfolio - Class VC
MFS®/ Sun Life Value Series - S Class	Small-Cap Equity Funds
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA -	Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund - Class 2
Service Shares	SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund®/VA - Service Shares	- S Class
SCSM Davis Venture Value Fund - S Class	Multi-Cap Equity Funds
SCSM  FI Large Cap Growth Fund - S Class	Sun Capital® All Cap Fund - S Class
Van Kampen LIT Comstock II Fund	Specialty Sector Equity Funds
Asset Allocation Funds	MFS®/ Sun Life Utilities Series - S Class
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2	Specialty Sector Commodity Funds
Franklin Income Securities Fund - Class 2	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy
MFS®/ Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class	Portfolio - Admin. Class
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio - Admin. Class	Real Estate Equity Funds
Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares	Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® - S Class
International/Global Equity Funds	Short-Term Bond Funds
Columbia Marsico International Opportunities	PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio - Admin. Class
Fund, Variable Series - B Class	Multi-Sector Bond Funds
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund - Class 2	Franklin Strategic Income Securities Fund - Class 2
Templeton Growth Securities Fund - Class 2	Intermediate-Term Bond Funds
MFS®/ Sun Life International Growth Series - S Class	MFS®/ Sun Life Bond Series - S Class
MFS®/ Sun Life International Value Series - S Class	MFS®/ Sun Life Government Securities Series -
MFS®/ Sun Life Research International Series - S Class	S Class
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA -	PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio - Admin. Class
Service Shares	Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund® -
Target Date Funds	S Class
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio - Service Class 2	Inflation-Protected Bond Funds
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio - Service Class 2	PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio - Admin. Class
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio - Service Class 2	High Yield Bond Funds
Emerging Markets Equity Funds	MFS®/ Sun Life High Yield Series - S Class
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund -	Money Market Funds
Class 2	MFS®/ Sun Life Money Market Series - S Class

Arnhold and S. Bleichroeder Advisers, LLC advises the First Eagle Variable Funds Trust. Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, advises the Columbia Funds (with Marsico Capital Management, LLC, sub-advising the Columbia Marsico Funds). Fidelity® Management & Research Company advises Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio and Fidelity VIP Mid Cap Portfolio (with Fidelity Research & Analysis Company, Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., Fidelity International Investment Advisors, Fidelity International Investment Advisors (U.K.) Limited, and Fidelity Investments Japan Limited serving as sub-advisers). Franklin® Advisers, Inc. advises Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Franklin Income Securities Fund and Franklin Strategic Income Securities Fund. Franklin® Mutual Advisers, LLC advises Mutual Shares Securities Fund.  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC advises the Lord Abbett Series Fund Portfolios. Massachusetts Financial Services Company, our affiliate,advises the MFS®/Sun Life Funds.  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC advises the PIMCO VIT Portfolios. OppenheimerFunds, Inc. advises the Oppenheimer Funds. Strategic Advisers®, Inc. advises the Fidelity VIP Freedom Portfolios. Sun Capital Advisers LLC, our affiliate, advises the Sun Capital Funds; SCSM Davis Venture Value Fund (sub-advised by Davis Advisors); SC FI Large Cap Growth Fund (sub-advised by Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC) SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund (sub-advised by OppenheimerFunds, Inc.). Templeton® Asset Management Ltd. advises the Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund. Templeton® Investment Counsel, LLC advises Templeton Foreign Securities Fund and Templeton Growth Securities Fund. Van Kampen Asset Management advises the Van Kampen LIT Fund.

Please refer to the appendix entitled "Previously Available Investment Options" for information about certain Funds that are no longer available in connection with new Contracts being issued, but that are still available under certain Contracts that are already outstanding.

The fixed account options are available for specified time periods, called Guarantee Periods, and pay interest at a guaranteed rate for each period.

Please read this Prospectus and the Fund prospectuses carefully before investing and keep them for future reference. They contain important information about the Contracts and the Funds.

We have filed a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2007 (the "SAI") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), which is incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The table of contents for the SAI is on page 73 of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy without charge by writing to us at the address shown below (which we sometimes refer to as our "Annuity Service Address") or by telephoning (800) 752-7215. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding companies that file with the SEC.

The Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Any reference in this Prospectus to receipt by us means receipt at the following service address:

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

P.O. Box 9133

Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL TERMS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

FEES AND EXPENSES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

EXAMPLE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS: THE FUNDS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE FIXED ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Issuing Your Contract [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Allocation of Net Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Variable Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Fixed Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Transfer Privilege [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Other Programs [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

WITHDRAWALS. WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cash Withdrawals [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Market Value Adjustment [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

CONTRACT CHARGES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Account Fee [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Administrative Expense Charge and Distribution Fee [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Charges for Optional Benefit Riders [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Premium Taxes [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Fund Expenses [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER:  SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE PLUSSM[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Designated Funds [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cost of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Withdrawals Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Annuitization Under the WB Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cancellation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Revocation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Step-Up [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Subsequent Purchase Payments After a Step-Up [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Renewal of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Refund of Secured Returns for Life Plus Charges Under the AB Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Death Under the AB Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Death Under the WB Plan [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Certain Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: Income ON DemandSM BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Determining Your Income Benefit Base [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Determining Your Stored Income Balance [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

How the Income ON Demand Benefit Works [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Withdrawals Under the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cost of the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Tenth-Year Credit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Step-Up Under the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Designated Funds [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cancellation of the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Death Under the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Annuitization Under the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Certain Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: RETIREMENT ASSET PROTECTORSM[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cost of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

How the Retirement Asset Protector Rider Works [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Withdrawals Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Step-Up Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Renewal of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Designated Funds [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Cancellation of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Your Death Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Certain Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Tax Issues Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Tax Issues Under the Income ON Demand Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Tax Issues Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

DEATH BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Amount of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

The Basic Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Optional Death Benefit Rider [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Spousal Continuance [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Calculating the Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Method of Paying Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Non-Qualified Contracts [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Selection and Change of Beneficiary [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Payment of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

THE INCOME PHASE -- ANNUITY PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Selection of Annuitant(s) [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Annuity Options [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Selection of Annuity Option [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Amount of Annuity Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Exchange of Variable Annuity Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Account Fee [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Annuity Payment Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Exercise of Contract Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Change of Ownership [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Voting of Fund Shares [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Reports to Owners [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Substitution of Securities [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Change in Operation of Variable Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Splitting Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Modification [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Reservation of Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

Right to Return [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

TAX CONSIDERATIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

AVAILABLE INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

STATE REGULATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX A -  GLOSSARY [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX B -  CALCULATIONS OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGES & MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX C -  CALCULATION OF BASIC DEATH BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX D -  SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX E -  PREVIOUSLY AVAILABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX F - SECURED RETURNS 2 BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX G -  SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE PLUS BENEFIT EXAMPLES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX H -  BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

APPENDIX I -  CONDENSED FINANICAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]

SPECIAL TERMS

Your Contract is a legal document that uses a number of specially defined terms. We explain most of the terms that we use in this Prospectus in the context where they arise, and some are self-explanatory. In addition, for convenient reference, we have compiled a list of these terms in the Glossary included at the back of this Prospectus as Appendix A. If, while you are reading this Prospectus, you come across a term that you do not understand, please refer to the Glossary for an explanation.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The headings in this section correspond to headings in the Prospectus under which we discuss these topics in more detail.

The Annuity Contract

The Sun Life Financial Masters® Select NY Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning.  During the Accumulation Phase, you make Payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options.  During the Income Phase, we make annuity payments to you or someone else based on the amount you have accumulated.  The Contract provides tax-deferral so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings until you withdraw them. When purchased in connection with a tax-qualified plan, the Contract provides no additional tax-deferral benefits because tax-qualified plans confer their own tax-deferral. The Contract also provides a basic death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase.  You may enhance the basic death benefit by purchasing an optional death benefit rider.

The Accumulation Phase

Under most circumstances, you can buy the Contract with an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 or more, and you can make additional Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase. Currently there is no minimum amount required for additional Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to limit additional Purchase Payments to at least $1,000. We will not normally accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $2 million or, if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $2 million.

Variable Account Options: The Funds

You can allocate your Purchase Payments among Sub-Accounts investing in a number of Fund options.  Each Fund is either a mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a separate securities portfolio of shares of such a mutual fund.  The investment returns on the Funds are not guaranteed.  You can make or lose money.  You can make transfers among the Funds and the Fixed Account Options.

The Fixed Account Options: The Guarantee Periods

You can allocate your Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account and elect to invest in one or more of the Guarantee Periods we make available from time to time.  Each Guarantee Period earns interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate that we publish.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rate from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed rate permitted by law.  Once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.  We may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods. Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period of a particular duration, future allocations, transfers or renewals into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted.

Fees and Expenses

The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each.

If your Account Value is less than $100,000 on your Contract Anniversary, we deduct a $30 Annual Account Fee. We will waive the Account Fee if your Contract was fully invested in the Fixed Account during the entire Contract Year.

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.05% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account. If you purchased your Contract prior to March 5, 2007 and you were 76 years or older on the Open Date, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.25% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.  We also deduct an administrative charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily value and a distribution fee at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.

If you take more than a specified amount of money out of your Contract, we assess a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment withdrawn.  For each Purchase Payment, the withdrawal charge (also known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") starts at 7% and declines to 0% after the Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for seven complete years.

Currently, you can make 12 free transfers each year; however, we reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $15 per transfer.

If you elect the optional death benefit rider, we will deduct, during the Accumulation Phase, an additional charge from the assets of the Variable Account equal to an annual rate of 0.20% of the average daily value of your Contract.

If you elect an optional living benefit rider, we will assess a periodic charge at a rate that differs among the optional living benefit riders. Currently, however, the annual amount of the charge in no case exceeds 0.65% of the highest Account Value (or other benefit base for the rider in question) during the year.

In addition to the charges we impose under the Contract, there are also charges (which include management fees and operating expenses) imposed by the Funds.  The charges vary depending upon which Fund(s) you have selected.

Optional Living Benefit Riders

At issue, you may choose to participate in one of three optional living benefits available under your Contract. Each option provides the living benefits guarantee in a different way:

● Secured Returns for Life Plus offers a choice between a guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit ("GMAB") and a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit ("GMWB").

● The Income ON Demand Benefit offers an income storage benefit ("ISB") rider that differs from Secured Returns for Life Plus in that, among other things, it allows you to store the annual withdrawal payments, rather than requiring you to take the payments or lose them.

● The Retirement Asset Protector Rider offers a stand-alone GMAB.

The optional living benefits are available only if you are age 80 or younger on the Open Date. Your optional living benefit terminates if you annuitize or if you transfer any portion of your Account Value to an investment option other than one of the "Designated Funds" listed in "Appendix H -- Build Your Portfolio". In addition, a change of ownership may also terminate your living benefit. Under the Income ON Demand Benefit and the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, you may make Purchase Payments only during your first Contract Year.  All three of the optional living benefits allow you to "step-up" your guaranteed amount on an annual basis.  Not all of the optional living benefits are available in all states.

In addition to the currently available optional living benefit rider listed above, two other optional living benefit riders were previously available. Although these two riders are no longer being issued, they are still in force under many Contracts that are already outstanding. These two riders are discussed in the following Appendices at the end of this prospectus:

Appendix D - Secured Returns for Life Benefit

Appendix F - Secured Returns 2 Benefit

The Income Phase: Annuity Provisions

If you want to receive regular income from your annuity after the Annuity Commencement Date, you can select one of several Annuity Options. You can choose to receive annuity payments from either the Fixed Account or from the available Variable Account options.  If you choose to have any part of your annuity payments come from the Variable Account, the dollar amount of the payments may fluctuate with the performance of the Funds.  Subject to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you decide when your Income Phase will begin but, once it begins, you cannot change your choice of annuity payment options.

During the Income Phase, the total insurance charges are deducted on a daily basis at an annual rate of 1.60% of your Account Value invested in the Variable Account.

Death Benefit

If you die before the Contract reaches the Income Phase, the Beneficiary will receive a death benefit.  The amount of the death benefit depends upon whether you choose the basic death benefit or, for a fee, the optional death benefit rider. The basic death benefit pays the greatest of your Account Value, your total Purchase Payments (adjusted for withdrawals), or your Surrender Value, all calculated as of your Death Benefit Date. You may enhance the basic death benefit by electing the optional death benefit rider.  The Maximum Anniversary Account Value Rider pays the greater of your basic death benefit or your highest Account Value on any Contract Anniversary before your 81st birthday.  You must make your election before the date on which your Contract becomes effective. The rider is only available if you are younger than 80 on the Open Date. The optional death benefit rider election may not be changed after your Contract is issued.

Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment

You can withdraw money from your Contract during the Accumulation Phase.  You may withdraw a portion of your Account Value each year without the imposition of a withdrawal charge.  For the first Contract Year, this "free withdrawal amount" equals 15% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made. For all other Contract Years, the "free withdrawal amount" is equal to the amount of all Purchase Payments made and not withdrawn prior to the last 7 Contract Years plus the greater of (1) 15% of all Purchase Payments made within the past seven Contract Years or (2) all earnings minus any free withdrawals taken during the life of the Contract.  All other Purchase Payments will be subject to a withdrawal charge. Withdrawals made from the Fixed Account may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see  "Market Value Adjustment").  You may also have to pay income taxes and tax penalties on money you withdraw.

Right to Return

Your Contract contains a "free look" provision.  If you cancel your Contract within 10 days after receiving it (or later, if required by your state), we will send you, depending upon the laws of your state, either the full amount of all your Purchase Payments or your Account Value as of the day we receive your cancellation request. (This amount may be more or less than the original Purchase Payment).  We will not deduct a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

Tax Considerations

Your earnings are not taxed until you take them out.  If you withdraw money during the Accumulation Phase, earnings come out first and are taxed as income. If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, it is possible that the election of an optional living benefit rider might increase the taxable portion of any withdrawal you make from the Contract. If you are younger than 59½ when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal tax penalty.

NOTE ABOUT OTHER ANNUITY CONTRACTS THAT WE OFFER: In addition to the Contracts, we currently offer many other forms of annuity contracts with a wide variety of features, benefits and charges. Depending on your circumstances and needs, some of these other contracts may be at lower cost to you. Not all of the annuity contracts that we offer are available in all jurisdictions or through all of the selling agents who offer the contracts. You should consider with your selling agent what annuity contract or financial product is most consistent with your needs and preferences.

If you have any questions about your Contract or need more information, please contact us at:

          Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York

          P. O. Box 9133

          Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

          Toll Free (800) 752-7215

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer cash value between investment options.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of purchase payments):			0%
Maximum Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments):			7%1
	Number of Complete Contract Years Since Purchase Payment has been in the Account	Withdrawal Charge
	0-1	7%
	1-2	6%
	2-3	5%
	3-4	4%
	4-5	3%
	5-6	2%
	6-7	1%
	7 or more	0%
Maximum Fee Per Transfer (currently $0):			$15
Premium Taxes (as a percentage of Account Value or total purchase payments):			0% - 3.5%2

The tables below describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

Annual Account Fee $ 303

Variable Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net Variable Account assets) 4

	Mortality and Expense Risks Charge:	1.05%5
	Administrative Expenses Charge:	0.15%
	Distribution Fee:	0.15%
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses (without optional benefits):		1.35%

Charges for Optional Death Benefit Features

Maximum Charge for Optional Death Benefit Rider (MAV)    (as a percentage of average daily net assets):   0.20%6

Charges for Optional Living Benefit Features

Riders Currently Available7	Maximum Annual Fee8
Secured Returns for Life Plus Living Benefit Rider       (as a percentage of the highest Account Value during the Contract Year):	0.50%
Income ON Demand Living Benefit Rider       (as a percentage of the highest Income Benefit Base during the Contract Year):	0.65%
Retirement Asset Protector Living Benefit Rider       (as a percentage of the highest Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base during the Contract Year):	0.35%

Previously Available Riders9	Maximum Annual Fee
Maximum Charge for Secured Returns for Life or Secured Returns 2         (as a percentage of the highest Account Value during the Contract Year):	0.50%

Maximum Annual Charge for an Optional Living Benefit Rider       (as a percentage of highest Account Value or Benefit Base during the Contract Year):   0.65%10

Total Variable Account Annual Expenses with Maximum Charges for an Optional Death and an          Optional Living Benefit Rider (as a percentage of Account Value):   2.20%10,11

The table below shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract.  More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses		Minimum	Maximum
	(expenses as a percentage of average daily Fund net assets that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other  expenses)
Prior to any fee waiver or expense reimbursement12		0.65%	2.62%

1	A portion of your Account may be withdrawn each year without imposition of any withdrawal charge and, after a Purchase Payment has been in your Account for 7 Contract Years, it may be withdrawn free of the withdrawal charge.  (See "Withdrawal Charges.")
2	The premium tax rate and base vary by your state of residence and the type of Certificate you own. Currently, we deduct premium taxes from Certificate Value upon full surrender (including a surrender for the death benefit) or annuitization. (See "Contract Charges -- Premium Taxes.")
3	The Annual Account Fee is waived if 100% of your Account Value has been allocated to the Fixed Account during the entire Contract Year or if your Account Value is $100,000 or more on your Contract Anniversary.(See "Account Fee.")
4	All of the Variable Account Annual Expenses, except for the charges for optional living benefit riders, are assessed as a percentage of average daily net Variable Account assets. The charge for each optional living benefit rider is assessed on a quarterly basis.
5	For Contracts purchased prior to March 5, 2007, the rate of this charge is 1.25% if you were age 76 or older on the Contract's Open Date. In that case, the rate for "Total Variable Expenses (without optional benefits)" would be 1.55%.
6	The optional death benefit rider is defined under "Death Benefit."  This rider is available only if you are younger than age 80 on the Open Date.
7	The optional living benefit riders, including the charges therefore, are described in detail under "OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE PLUS," "OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: Income ON Demand BENEFIT," and "OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: RETIREMENT ASSET PROTECTOR." As discussed in those portions of this prospectus, if, after you acquire one of these riders, you elect to increase or renew certain benefits under the rider, we have the right to increase the rate of the charge to what we are then charging on newly issued riders of the same type or to a rate based on then-current market conditions.
8	The charges shown are assessed and deducted quarterly based upon the Account Value or benefit base on the last day of each Account Quarter. Your actual charges may be less than the maximum stated above. See "Cost of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit," "Cost of the Income ON Demand Benefit," "Cost of the Retirement Asset Protector Benefit," "APPENDIX D - SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE BENEFIT" and "APPENDIX F - SECURED RETURNS 2 BENEFIT."
9	Although these riders are no longer being issued, these previously available riders are still in force under many outstanding Contracts. For more information on these previously issued optional riders, including how the fees are calculated, please see "APPENDIX D - SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE BENEFIT" and "APPENDIX F - SECURED RETURNS 2 BENEFIT." As discussed in Appendix D and Appendix F, if you elect to increase certain benefits under the Secured Returns for Life or Secured Returns 2 riders, we have the right to increase the rate of the charge based on then-current market conditions.
10	This amount assumes that the living benefit rider’s initial benefit base is equal to the Account Value.  If the benefit base changes, your Total Variable Account Annual Expenses would be higher or lower.
11	This chart shows your insurance charges before you annuitize your Contract. As explained in "Amount of Annuity Payments," after you annuitize your Contract, the sum of your insurance charges will never be greater than an annual rate of 1.70% of average daily net Variable Account assets, regardless of your age on the Open Date.
12	The expenses shown are for the year ended December 31, 2006, and do not reflect any fee waiver or expense reimbursement. The advisers and/or other service providers of certain Funds have agreed to reduce their fees and/or reimburse the Funds' expenses in order to keep the Funds' expenses below specified limits. The minimum and maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for all Funds after all fee reductions and expense reimbursement arrangements are taken into consideration are 0.65% and 1.78%, respectively. Each fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangement is described in the relevant Fund's prospectus.

THE ABOVE EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS WERE PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS.  WE HAVE NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.

EXAMPLE

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.  These costs include Contract Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, variable account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses, and are based on a sample Contract with the maximum possible fees.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated and that your Contract includes the maximum charges for the optional death benefit (MAV) and an optional living benefit (Income ON Demand).  If these optional benefits were not elected or fewer options were elected, the expense figures shown below would be lower.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Funds. For purposes of converting the annual contract fee to a percentage, the Example assumes an average Contract size of $50,000. In addition, this Example assumes no transfers were made and no premium taxes were deducted.  If these arrangements were considered, the expenses shown would be higher.  This Example also does not take into consideration any fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement of the Funds.  If these arrangements were taken into consideration, the expenses shown would be lower.

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

(1) If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$1,088	$1,904	$2,721	$4,940

(2) If you annuitize your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$492	$1,478	$2,465	$4,940

(3) If you do notsurrender your Contract :

1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$492	$1,478	$2,465	$4,940

The fee table and Example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses and charges of the Sub-Accounts.  Your actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.  The Example does not include the deduction of state premium taxes, which may be assessed upon full surrender, death or annuitization, or any taxes and penalties you may be required to pay if you surrender the Contract. Similarly, the 5% annual rate of return assumed in the Example is not intended to be representative of past or future investment performance.  For more information about Fund expenses, including a description of any applicable fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, see the prospectuses for the Funds.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Historical information about the value of the units we use to measure the variable portion of your Contract ("Variable Accumulation Units") is included in the back of this Prospectus as Appendix I.

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York and Sun Life (N.Y.) Variable Account C (the "Variable Account") offer the Contract on an individual basis for use in connection with retirement planning. We issue the Contract directly to the individual Owner of the Contract.

In this Prospectus, unless we state otherwise, we address Owners of Individual Contracts as "you."  For the purpose of determining benefits under the Contracts, we establish an Account for each Owner, which we will refer to as "your" Account.

Your Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning. It has an Accumulation Phase, during which you make Payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options, and an Income Phase, during which we make annuity payments based on the amount you have accumulated. Your Contract provides tax deferral, so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings under your Contract until you withdraw them. However, if you purchase your Contract in connection with a tax-qualified plan, your purchase should be made for reasons other than tax-deferral.  Tax-qualified plans provide tax-deferral without the need for purchasing an annuity contract.

Your Contract also provides a basic death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase. You may enhance the basic death benefit by electing the optional death benefit rider and paying an additional charge for the optional death benefit rider. Finally, if you so elect, during the Income Phase we will make annuity payments to you or someone else for life or for another period that you choose.

You choose these benefits on a variable or fixed basis or a combination of both. When you choose Variable Account investment options or a Variable Annuity option, your Account Value will change in response to changes in the return available from the different types of investments you select under your Contract. With these variable options, you assume all investment risk under your Contract. When you choose a Guarantee Period in our Fixed Account or a Fixed Annuity option, we assume the investment risk, except in the case of early withdrawals in the Accumulation Phase, where you bear the risk of unfavorable interest rate changes.  You also bear the risk that the interest rates we will offer in the future and the rates we will use in determining your Fixed Annuity may not exceed our minimum guaranteed rate. Our minimum guaranteed interest rate will never be less than that permitted by law.

The Contract is designed for use in connection with personal retirement and deferred compensation plans, some of which qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Contract is also designed so that it may be used in connection with certain non-tax-qualified retirement plans, such as payroll savings plans and such other groups (trusteed or non-trusteed) as may be eligible under applicable law. We refer to Contracts used with plans that receive favorable tax treatment as "Qualified Contracts," and all other Contracts as "Non-Qualified Contracts." A qualified retirement plan generally provides tax-deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract.  A decision to purchase an annuity contract should not be based on the assumption that the purchase of an annuity contract is necessary to obtain tax-deferral benefits under a qualified retirement plan.

Some broker/dealers may limit their clients from purchasing some optional benefits based upon the client's age.  Your individual representative will describe any such limitations.  You should work with your registered representative to decide whether an optional benefit is appropriate for you based on a thorough analysis of your particular insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance.

COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

All materials sent to us, including Purchase Payments, must be sent to our Annuity Service Address as set forth on the first page of this Prospectus. For all telephone communications, you must call (800) 752-7215.

Unless this Prospectus states differently, we will consider all materials sent to us and all telephone communications to be received on the date we actually receive them at our Annuity Service Address. However, we will consider all financial transactions, including Purchase Payments, withdrawal requests and transfer instructions, to be received on the next Business Day if we receive them (1) on a day that is not a Business Day or (2) after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. In some cases, receipt of requests for financial transactions by the broker-dealer of record will be deemed to be constructive receipt by us.

When we specify that notice to us must be in writing, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion, to accept notice in another form.

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

We are a stock life insurance company incorporated under the laws of New York on May 25, 1983. We do business primarily in New York. Our Home Office is located at 60 East 42nd Street, Suite 1115, New York, New York 10165.

We are ultimately controlled by Sun Life Financial Inc. ("Sun Life Financial"). Sun Life Financial, a corporation organized in Canada, is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with common shares listed on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

We established the Variable Account as a separate account on October 18, 1985, pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors. The Variable Account funds the Contract and various other variable annuity contracts that we offer. These other products may have features, benefits and charges that are different from those under the Contract.

Under New York insurance law and the Contract, the income, gains or losses of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are held in relation to the Contract and other variable annuity contracts that provide benefits that vary in accordance with the investment performance of the Variable Account. Although the assets maintained in the Variable Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct, all obligations arising under a Contract, including the promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

The assets of the Variable Account are divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated by you to a Sub-Account will be used to purchase Fund shares at their net asset value. Any and all distributions made by the Funds with respect to the shares held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase additional Fund shares at their net asset value. Deductions from the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments, death benefits, Account Fees, Contract charges against the assets of the Variable Account for the assumption of mortality and expense risks, administrative expenses, optional benefit riders, and any applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund Shares at their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS: THE FUNDS

The Contract offers Sub-Accounts that invest in a number of Fund investment options. Each Fund is a mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a separate series of shares of such a mutual fund.

More comprehensive information about the Funds, including a discussion of their management, investment objectives, expenses, and potential risks, is found in the current prospectuses for the Funds (the "Fund Prospectuses"). The Fund Prospectuses should be read in conjunction with this Prospectus before you invest. A copy of each Fund Prospectus, as well as a Statement of Additional Information for each Fund, may be obtained without charge from the Company by calling (800) 752-7215 or by writing to Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, P.O. Box 9133, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.

The Funds may also be available to registered separate accounts offering variable annuity and variable life products of other affiliated and unaffiliated insurance companies, as well as to the Variable Account and other separate accounts of the Company. Although we do not anticipate any disadvantages to this, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of the Variable Account and one or more of the other separate accounts participating in the Funds. A conflict may occur due to a change in law affecting the operations of variable life and variable annuity separate accounts, differences in the voting instructions of the Owners and Payees and those of other companies, or some other reason. In the event of conflict, we will take any steps necessary to protect Owners and Payees, including withdrawal of the Variable Account from participation in the underlying Funds which are involved in the conflict or substitution of shares of other Funds.

Certain of the investment advisers, transfer agents, or underwriters to the Funds may reimburse us for administrative costs in connection with administering the Funds as options under the Contracts. These amounts are not charged to the Funds or Owners, but are paid from assets of the advisers, transfer agents, or underwriters, except for the administrative costs of the Lord Abbett Series Trust Portfolios, which are paid from Fund assets and reflected under "Fees and Expenses."

Certain publicly available mutual funds may have similar investment goals and principal investment policies and risks as one or more of the Funds, and may be managed by a Fund's portfolio manager(s). While a Fund may have many similarities to these other funds, its investment performance will differ from their investment performance. This is due to a number of differences between a Fund and these similar products, including differences in sales charges, expense ratios and cash flows.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

The Fixed Account is made up of all the account assets of the Company other than those allocated to any separate account.  Amounts you allocate to Guarantee Periods become part of the Fixed Account and are available to fund the claims of all classes of our customers, including claims for benefits under the Contracts.

We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account in those assets we choose that are allowed by New York State insurance laws. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments. We intend to invest primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities (i.e., rated by a nationally recognized rating service within the 4 highest grades) or instruments we believe are of comparable quality.

We are not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the Fixed Account according to any particular strategy, except as may be required by applicable New York state insurance laws. You will not have a direct or indirect interest in the Fixed Account investments.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS

You may elect one or more Guarantee Period(s) from those we make available from time to time. We may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods. Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period of a particular duration, allocations, transfers or renewals into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted. In addition, we reserve the right not to make any Guarantee Periods available. In such event, renewals will be made into the Money Market Sub-Account. We may choose to exercise this right before the Open Date or at some later time.  At any time, we can reverse our decision to exercise this right.

We determine Guaranteed Interest Rates at our discretion. We do not have a specific formula for establishing the rates for different Guarantee Periods. Our determination will be influenced by the interest rates on fixed income investments in which we may invest amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods. We will also consider other factors in determining these rates, including regulatory and tax requirements, sales commissions and administrative expenses borne by us, general economic trends and competitive factors. We cannot predict the level of future interest rates.

We may from time to time at our discretion offer special interest rates for new Purchase Payments that are higher than the rates we are then offering for renewals or transfers.

Early withdrawals from your allocation to a Guarantee Period, including cash withdrawals, transfers and commencement of an annuity option, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could decrease or increase the value of your Account. (See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.")

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, you make Payments into your Account, and your earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The Accumulation Phase begins with our acceptance of your first Purchase Payment and ends the Business Day before your Annuity Commencement Date. The Accumulation Phase will end sooner if you surrender your Contract or if the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Issuing Your Contract

When we accept your Application, we "open" the Contract. We refer to this date as the "Open Date." When we receive your initial Purchase Payment, we "issue" your Contract. We refer to this date as the "Issue Date."

We will credit your initial Purchase Payment to your Account within 2 Business Days of receiving your completed Application. If your Application is not complete, we will notify you. If we do not have the necessary information to complete the Application within 5 Business Days, we will send your money back to you or ask your permission to retain your Purchase Payment until the Application is made complete. Then we will apply the Purchase Payment within 2 Business Days of when the Application is complete.

Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments

The amount of Purchase Payments may vary; however, we will not accept an initial Purchase Payment of less than $10,000 and, although there is currently no minimum amount for additional Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to limit each additional Purchase Payment to at least $1,000. In addition, we will not accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $2 million, or if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $2 million, unless we have approved the Payment in advance. We reserve the right to refuse Purchase Payments received more than 5 years after your Issue Date or after your 70th birthday, whichever is later. Within these limits, you may make Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase.

Allocation of Net Purchase Payments

You may allocate your Purchase Payments among the different Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods currently available, but we reserve the right to limit any allocation to a Guarantee Period to at least $1,000.

In your Application, you may specify the percentage of each Purchase Payment to be allocated to each Sub-Account or Guarantee Period. These percentages are called your allocation factors. You may change the allocation factors for future Payments by sending us notice of the change as required.  We will use your new allocation factors for the first Purchase Payment we receive with or after we have received notice of the change, and for all future Purchase Payments, until we receive another change notice.

Although it is currently not our practice, we may deduct applicable premium taxes or similar taxes from your Purchase Payments (see "Contract Charges -- Premium Taxes"). In that case, we will credit your Net Purchase Payment, which is the Purchase Payment minus the amount of those taxes.

Your Account

When we accept your first Purchase Payment, we establish an Account for you, which we maintain throughout the Accumulation Phase of your Contract.

Your Account Value

Your Account Value is the sum of the value of the 2 components of your Contract: the Variable Account portion of your Contract ("Variable Account Value") and the Fixed Account portion of your Contract ("Fixed Account Value"). These 2 components are calculated separately, as described under "Variable Account Value" and "Fixed Account Value."

Variable Account Value

     Variable Accumulation Units

In order to calculate your Variable Account Value, we use a measure called a Variable Accumulation Unit for each Sub-Account. Your Variable Account Value is the sum of your Account Value in each Sub-Account, which is the number of your Variable Accumulation Units for that Sub-Account times the value of each Unit.

     Variable Accumulation Unit Value

The value of each Variable Accumulation Unit in a Sub-Account reflects the net investment performance of that Sub-Account. We determine that value once on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, at the close of trading, which is currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. (The close of trading is determined by the New York Stock Exchange.) We also may determine the value of Variable Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account on days the Exchange is closed if there is enough trading in securities held by that Sub-Account to materially affect the value of the Variable Accumulation Units. Each day we make a valuation is called a "Business Day." The period that begins at the time Variable Accumulation Units are valued on a Business Day and ends at that time on the next Business Day is called a "Valuation Period." On days other than Business Days, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit does not change.

To measure these values, we use a factor -- which we call the "Net Investment Factor" -- which represents the net return on the Sub-Account's assets. At the end of any Valuation Period, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit for a Sub-Account is equal to the value of that Sub-Account's Variable Accumulation Units at the end of the previous Valuation Period, multiplied by the Net Investment Factor. We calculate the Net Investment Factor by dividing (1) the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Sub-Account at the end of that Valuation Period, plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains distribution made by that Fund during the Valuation Period, by (2) the net asset value per share of the Fund share at the end of the previous Valuation Period; then, for each day in the Valuation Period, we deduct a factor representing the asset-based insurance charges (the mortality and expense risk charges, the administrative expense charge and distribution fee) plus the applicable asset-based charge for certain optional benefit riders.

For a hypothetical example of how we calculate the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit, see the Statement of Additional Information.

     Crediting and Canceling Variable Accumulation Units

When we receive an allocation to a Sub-Account, either from a Net Purchase Payment or a transfer of Account Value, we credit that amount to your Account in Variable Accumulation Units. Similarly, we cancel Variable Accumulation Units when you transfer or withdraw amounts from a Sub-Account, or when we deduct certain charges under the Contract. We determine the number of Units credited or canceled by dividing the dollar amount by the Variable Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account at the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction or charge is effective.

Fixed Account Value

Your Fixed Account Value is the sum of all amounts allocated to Guarantee Periods, either from Net Purchase Payments, transfers or renewals, plus interest credited on those amounts, and minus withdrawals, transfers out of Guarantee Periods, and any deductions for charges under the Contract taken from your Fixed Account Value.

A Guarantee Period begins the day we apply your allocation and ends when all calendar years (or months if the Guarantee Period is less than one year) in the Guarantee Period (measured from the end of the calendar month in which the amount was allocated to the Guarantee Period) have elapsed. The last day of the Guarantee Period is its Expiration Date.

Each additional Purchase Payment, transfer or renewal credited to your Fixed Account Value will result in a new Guarantee Period with its own Expiration Date. Amounts allocated at different times to Guarantee Periods of the same duration may have different Expiration Dates.

     Crediting Interest

We credit interest on amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period at the applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for the duration of the Guarantee Period. During the Guarantee Period, we credit interest daily at a rate that yields the Guaranteed Interest Rate on an annual effective basis.

     Guarantee Amounts

Each separate allocation you make to a Guarantee Period, together with interest credited thereon, is called a Guarantee Amount.  Each Guarantee Amount is treated separately for purposes of determining the Market Value Adjustment. We may restrict a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. Renewals into a Guarantee Period that extends beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date will result in an application of a Market Value Adjustment upon annuitization or withdrawals.  We reserve the right to limit each new allocation to a Guarantee Period to at least $1,000.

     Renewals

We will notify you in writing between 45 and 75 days before the Expiration Date of any Guarantee Amount. If you would like to change your Fixed Account option, we must receive from you prior to the Expiration Date:

l	written notice from you electing a different Guarantee Period from among those we then offer, or
l	written instructions to transfer the Guarantee Amount to one or more Sub-Accounts, in accordance with the transfer privilege provisions of the Contract (see "Transfer Privilege").

If we receive no instructions from you prior to the Expiration Date, we will automatically renew your Fixed Account allocation into a new Guarantee Period of the same duration as the last Guarantee Period. If we are no longer offering a Guarantee Period of the same duration, we will automatically transfer your Fixed Account allocation into the Money Market Sub-Account.

A Guarantee Amount will not renew into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. In that case, unless you notify us otherwise, we will automatically transfer your Guarantee Amount into the Money Market Sub-Account.

These automatic transfers of Fixed Account Value into the Money Market Sub-Account will not count as a transfer for purposes of the transfer restrictions described under "Transfer Privilege."

     Early Withdrawals

If you withdraw, transfer, or annuitize an allocation from a Guarantee Period more than 30 days prior to the Renewal Date, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the transaction. This could result in an increase or a decrease of your Account Value, depending on interest rates at the time. You bear the risk that you will receive less than your principal if the Market Value Adjustment applies.

Transfer Privilege

     Permitted Transfers

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer all or part of your Account Value to one or more Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Periods then available, subject to the following restrictions:

l	you may not make more than 12 transfers in any Contract Year;
l	the amount transferred from a Guarantee Period must be the entire Guarantee Amount, except for transfers of interest credited during the current Contract Year;
l	at least 30 days must elapse between transfers to and from Guarantee Periods;
l	at least 6 days must elapse between transfers to and from the Sub-Accounts,
l	transfers to or from Sub-Accounts are subject to terms and conditions that may be imposed by the Funds; and
l	we impose additional restrictions on market timers, which are further described below.

These restrictions do not apply to transfers made under any Optional Program. At our discretion, we may waive some or all of these restrictions.  Additional restrictions apply to transfers made under any of the Optional Living Benefit Riders.

We reserve the right to waive these restrictions and exceptions at any time, as discussed under "Short-Term Trading," or to change them.  Any change will be applied uniformly.  We will notify you of any change prior to its effectiveness.

There is currently no charge imposed on transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a transfer charge of $15 for each transfer.  Transfers out of a Guarantee Period more than 30 days before the Renewal Date or any time after the Renewal Date will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment described below.  Under current law, there is no tax liability for transfers.

     Requests for Transfers

You may request transfers in writing or by telephone. If the request is received before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m., the transfer will be effective that day. The telephone transfer privilege is available automatically during regular business hours before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time and does not require your written election. We will require personal identifying information to process a request for a transfer made by telephone. We will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that we reasonably believe are genuine.

Your transfer request will be effective as of the close of the Business Day if we receive your transfer request before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. Otherwise, your transfer request will be effective on the next Business Day.

     Short-Term Trading

The Contracts are not designed for short-term trading.  If you wish to employ such strategies, do not purchase a Contract. Transfer limits and other restrictions, described below, are subject to our ability to monitor transfer activity.  Some Contract Owners and their third party intermediaries engaging in short-term trading may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection.  Despite our efforts to prevent short-term trading, there is no assurance that we will be able to identify such Contract Owners or intermediaries or curtail their trading.  A failure to detect and curtail short-term trading could result in adverse consequences to the Contract Owners.  Short-term trading can increase costs for all Contract Owners as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, short-term trading can adversely affect a Fund's performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund's investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

The Company has policies and procedures to discourage frequent transfers of contract value.  As described under "Transfer Privilege," such policies include limiting the number and timing of certain transfers, subject to exceptions described in that section and exceptions designed to protect the interests of individual Contract Owners.  The Company also reserves the right to charge a fee for transfers.

Short-term trading activities whether by the Contract Owner or a third party authorized to initiate transfer requests on behalf of Contract Owner(s) may be subject to other restrictions as well. For example, we reserve the right to take actions against short-term trading which restrict your transfer privileges (including transfers to and from the Fixed Account) more narrowly than the policies described under "Transfer Privilege," such as requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing through regular first-class U.S mail (e.g., no overnight, priority or courier delivery allowed), and refusing any and all transfer instructions.

If we determine that a third party acting on your behalf is engaging (alone or in combination with transfers effected by you directly) in a pattern of short-term trading, we may refuse to process certain transfers requested by such a third party. We impose additional administrative restrictions on third parties that engage in transfers of Contract Values on behalf of multiple Contract Owners at one time. Specifically, we limit the form of such large group transfers to fax or mail delivery only, require the third party to provide us with advance notice of any possible large group transfer so that we can have additional staff ready to process the request, and require that the amount transferred out of a Sub-Account for each Contract Owner be equal to 100% of that Contract Owner's value in the Sub-Account.

We will provide you written notification of any restrictions imposed.

We reserve the right to waive short-term trading restrictions, where permitted by law and not adverse to the interests of the relevant underlying Fund, in the following instances:

l	when a new broker of record is designated for the Contract;
l	when the Owner changes;
l	when control of the Contract passes to the designated beneficiary upon the death of the Owner or Annuitant;
l	when necessary in our view to avoid hardship to a Owner; or
l	when underlying Funds are dissolved or merged or substituted.

If short-term trading results as a consequence of waiving the restrictions against short-term trading, it could expose Contract Owners to certain risks.  The short-term trading could increase costs for all Contract Owners as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, the short-term trading could adversely affect a Fund’s performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  Unless the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy are applied uniformly, some Contract Owners may experience a different application of the policy and therefore may experience some of these risks. We uniformly apply the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy to all Contracts. If we did not do so, some Contract Owners could experience a different application of the policy and therefore may be treated unfairly. Too much discretion on our part in allowing the waivers of short-term trading policy could result in an unequal treatment of short-term traders by permitting some short-term traders to engage in short-term trading while prohibiting others from doing the same.

     Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies

In addition to the restrictions that we impose (as described under "Permitted Transfers" and "Short-Term Trading"), most of the Funds have adopted restrictions or other policies about transfers or other purchases and sales of the Fund's shares. These policies (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies") are intended to protect the Fund from short-term trading or other trading practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund. The Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies may be more restrictive in some respects than the restrictions that we otherwise would impose, and the Funds may modify their Shareholder Trading Policies from time to time.

We are legally obligated to provide (at the Funds' request) information about each amount you cause to be deposited into a Fund (including by way of Purchase Payments and transfers under your Contract) or removed from the Fund (including by way of withdrawals and transfers under your Contract). If a Fund identifies you as having violated the Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, we are obligated, if the Fund requests, to restrict or prohibit any further deposits or exchanges by you (or a third party acting on your behalf) in respect of that Fund. Any such restriction or prohibition may remain in place indefinitely.

Accordingly, if you do not comply with any Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, you (or a third party acting on your behalf) may be prohibited from directing any additional amounts into that Fund or directing any transfers or other exchanges involving that Fund. You should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

Funds may differ significantly as to such matters as: (a) the amount, format, and frequency of information that the Funds request from us about transactions that our customers make; and (b) the extent and nature of any limits or restrictions that the Funds request us to impose upon such transactions. As a result of these differences, the costs borne by us and (directly or indirectly) by our customers may be significantly increased. Any such additional costs may outweigh any additional protection that would be provided to our customers, particularly in view of the protections already afforded by the trading restrictions that we impose as described under "Permitted Transfers" and under " Short-Term Trading." Also, if a Fund imposes more strict trading restrictions than are reasonably necessary under the circumstances, you could be deprived of potentially valuable flexibility to make transactions with respect to that Fund.  For these and other reasons, we may disagree with the timing or substance of a Fund's requests for information from us or with any transaction limits or restrictions that the Fund requests us to impose upon our customers.  If any such disagreement with respect to a Fund cannot be satisfactorily resolved, the Fund might be restricted or, subject to obtaining any required regulatory approval, replaced as a variable investment option.

Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates

We may reduce or waive the withdrawal charge or the annual Account Fee, credit additional amounts, grant special Guaranteed Interest Rates in certain situations, or offer other options or benefits. These situations may include sales of Contracts (1) where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Owner, sales of large Contracts, and certain group sales, and (2) to officers, directors and employees of the Company or its affiliates, registered representatives and employees of broker-dealers with a current selling agreement with the Company and affiliates of such representatives and broker-dealers, employees of affiliated asset management firms, and persons who have retired from such positions ("Eligible Employees") and immediate family members of Eligible Employees. Eligible Employees and their immediate family members may also purchase a Contract without regard to minimum Purchase Payment requirements. For other situations in which withdrawal charges may be waived, see "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment. "

Other Programs

     Monitoring Service

You may elect, no later than your Issue Date, to participate in the Privacy Guard program offered through Affinion Services Group, Inc. ("Affinion").  This program is designed to help you access and monitor personal information that is recorded by national credit reporting agencies, by supplying you with a credit report and providing periodic monitoring of any new activity on your credit accounts. To participate in this program, you must authorize us to release certain information to Affinion.  This will allow Affinion to set up your participation in Privacy Guard.  If you elect Privacy Guard, your participation in this program will be free of charge for a period of twelve months from your Issue Date or until you cancel your Contract, if sooner.  After the initial twelve-month period, you will be billed directly by Affinion for this service.  You may terminate your participation in this program at any time. If you surrender your Contract within the first year, your participation in the program will automatically end.

You may participate in any of the following Optional Programs free of charge. Transfers made pursuant to the provisions of the following optional programs will not be charged a transfer fee, nor will such transfers count as one of the 12 free transfers per year allowed under the section entitled "Transfer Privilege."

     Dollar-Cost Averaging

Dollar-cost averaging allows you to invest gradually, over time, in up to 12 Sub-Accounts. You may select a dollar-cost averaging program at no extra charge by allocating a minimum amount to a designated Sub-Account or to a Guarantee Period we make available in connection with the program. (We reserve the right to limit minimum investments to at least $1,000.) Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account under the program will earn interest at a rate declared by the Company for the Guarantee Period you select. Previously applied amounts may not be transferred to a Guarantee Period made available in connection with this program. At regular time intervals, we will transfer the same amount automatically to one or more Sub-Accounts that you choose, up to a maximum of 12 Sub-Accounts. The program continues until your Account Value allocated to the program is depleted or you elect to stop the program. The final amount transferred from the Fixed Account will include all interest earned.

No Market Value Adjustment (either positive or negative) will apply to amounts automatically transferred from the Fixed Account under the dollar-cost averaging program. However, if you discontinue or alter the program prior to completion, amounts remaining in the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Fund investment option under the Contract, unless you instruct us otherwise, and the Market Value Adjustment will be applied.  Any new allocation of a Purchase Payment to the program will be treated as commencing a new dollar-cost averaging program and may be subject to the $1,000 minimum.

The main objective of a dollar-cost averaging program is to minimize the impact of short-term price fluctuations on Account Value. In general, since you transfer the same dollar amount to the variable investment options at set intervals, dollar-cost averaging allows you to purchase more Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, more Fund shares) when prices are low and fewer Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, fewer Fund shares) when prices are high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per Variable Accumulation Unit over the long term. A dollar-cost averaging program allows you to take advantage of market fluctuations. However, it is important to understand that a dollar-cost averaging program does not ensure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market. We do not allow transfers into any of the Guarantee Periods pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging program.

     Asset Allocation

One or more asset allocation programs may be available in connection with the Contract, at no extra charge. Asset allocation is the process of investing in different asset classes -- such as equity funds, fixed income funds, and money market funds -- depending on your personal investment goals, tolerance for risk, and investment time horizon. By spreading your money among a variety of asset classes, you may be able to reduce the risk and volatility of investing, although there are no guarantees, and asset allocation does not ensure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market.

You may select one of the available asset allocation models, each of which represents a combination of Sub-Accounts with a different level of risk. These asset allocation models, as well as the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program, are fully described in a separate brochure. We may add or delete such programs in the future.

Our asset allocation programs are "static" programs.  That is to say, if you elect an asset allocation program, we automatically rebalance your Account Value among the Sub-Accounts represented in the model you chose, but we do not change your original percentage allocations among the Sub-Accounts in your chosen model, unless you advise us to do so. Nevertheless, we have selected an independent third-party administrator who reviews the existing models annually to determine whether the investment objective of the model is being met in light of changing markets.  Based upon this review, the third-party administrator may recommend that new models be substituted for the existing models.  If so, the new models will only be offered to Contracts issued on or after the date the new model goes into effect or to Owners who elect an asset allocation program on or after that date.  Owners of any existing asset allocation programs may make an independent decision to change their asset allocations at any time.  You should consult your financial adviser periodically to consider whether the model you have selected is still appropriate for you.

     Systematic Withdrawal and Interest Out Programs

You may select our Systematic Withdrawal Program or our Interest Out Program.  Under the Systematic Withdrawal Program, you determine the amount and frequency of regular withdrawals you would like to receive from your Fixed Account Value and/or Variable Account Value and we will effect them automatically.  Under the Interest Out Program, we automatically pay you or reinvest interest credited for all Guarantee Periods you have chosen.  The withdrawals under these programs may be subject to surrender charges and a Market Value Adjustment. They may also be included as income and subject to a 10% federal tax penalty as well as charges applicable on withdrawal. You should consult a qualified tax professional before choosing these options. We reserve the right to limit the election of either of these programs to Contracts with a minimum Account Value of $10,000.

You may change or stop either program at any time, by written notice to us or other means approved by us.

     Portfolio Rebalancing Program

Under the Portfolio Rebalancing Program, we transfer funds among all Sub-Accounts to maintain the percentage allocation you have selected among these Sub-Accounts. At your election, we will make these transfers on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.

No transfers to or from any Guarantee Period are permitted while this program is in effect.

     Secured Future Program

Under the Secured Future Program, we divide your Purchase Payments and Purchase Payment Interest between the Fixed Account and the Variable Account. For the Fixed Account portion, you choose a Guarantee Period from among those we offer. We then allocate to that Guarantee Period the portion of your Purchase Payment and Purchase Payment Interest necessary so that, at the end of the Guarantee Period, your Fixed Account allocation, including interest, will equal the entire amount of your original Purchase Payment. The remainder of the original Purchase Payment and Purchase Payment Interest will be invested in the Sub-Accounts of your choice. At the end of the Guarantee Period, you will be guaranteed the amount of your original Purchase Payment and Purchase Payment Interest (assuming no withdrawals or transfers), plus you will have the benefit, if any, of the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts you have chosen.

WITHDRAWALS. WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Cash Withdrawals

     Requesting a Withdrawal

At any time during the Accumulation Phase, you may withdraw in cash all or any portion of your Account Value. To make a withdrawal, other than a Systematic Withdrawal, you must send us a written request at our Annuity Service Address. Your request must specify whether you want to withdraw the entire amount of your Account or, if less, the amount you wish to receive.

All withdrawals may be subject to a withdrawal charge (see "Withdrawal Charge"), and withdrawals from your Fixed Account Value also may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment"). Upon request, we will notify you of the amount we would pay in the event of a full withdrawal. Withdrawals also may have adverse federal income tax consequences, including a 10% penalty tax (see "Tax Considerations"). You should carefully consider these tax consequences before requesting a cash withdrawal.

     Full Withdrawals

If you request a full withdrawal, we calculate the amount we will pay you as follows: we start with your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your withdrawal request; we deduct the Account Fee, if applicable, for the Contract Year in which the withdrawal is made; we calculate and then add or subtract the amount of any Market Value Adjustment applicable to your Fixed Account Value; and finally, we calculate and then deduct any applicable withdrawal charge.

A full withdrawal results in the surrender of your Contract, and cancellation of all rights and privileges under your Contract, except as may be otherwise provided under the terms of any optional living benefit rider that you have selected.

     Partial Withdrawals

Unless you specify otherwise, when you request a partial withdrawal, we will pay you the amount specified in your request adjusted for any applicable charges and/or MVA and then reduce the value of your Account by the gross amount of the withdrawal.

You may specify the amount you want withdrawn from each Sub-Account and/or Guarantee Amount to which your Account is allocated. If you do not so specify, we will deduct the total amount you request pro rata, based on your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request. If you have elected "Build Your Portfolio," withdrawals out of your portfolio model will be taken pro-rata from each of your selected Funds.

Withdrawals may significantly reduce the death benefit and/or living benefit amount. In calculating the amount payable under the living benefit or death benefit, we may reduce the benefit by an amount that is greater than the amount of the withdrawal, depending on the circumstances. Accordingly, you should refer to the more detailed discussions of the optional living benefit and the optional death benefit riders that appear elsewhere in this Prospectus (and in the Appendices hereto) for information about the effects that withdrawals will have on those benefits.

If you request a partial withdrawal that would result in your Account Value being reduced to an amount less than the Account Fee for the Contract Year in which you make the withdrawal, we reserve the right to treat it as a request for a full withdrawal.

     Time of Payment

We will pay you the applicable amount of any full or partial withdrawal within 7 days after we receive your withdrawal request, except in cases where we are permitted, and choose, to defer payment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and New York state insurance law. Currently, we may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Variable Account only for the following periods:

l	when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (except weekends and holidays) or when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
l	when it is not reasonably practical to dispose of securities held by a Fund or to determine the value of the net assets of a Fund, because an emergency exists; or
l	when an SEC order permits us to defer payment for the protection of Owners.

We also may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your withdrawal request. We do not pay interest on the amount of any payments we defer.

     Withdrawal Restrictions for Qualified Plans

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you should carefully check the terms of your retirement plan for limitations and restrictions on cash withdrawals.

Special restrictions apply to withdrawals from Contracts used for Section 403(b) annuities. (See "Tax Considerations -- Tax-Sheltered Annuities.")

Withdrawal Charge

We do not deduct any sales charge from your Purchase Payments when they are made. However, we may impose a withdrawal charge (known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") on certain amounts you withdraw. We impose this charge to primarily defray some of our expenses related to the sale of the Contracts, such as commissions we pay to agents, the cost of sales literature, and other promotional costs and transaction expenses.

     Free Withdrawal Amount

In each Contract Year you may withdraw a portion of your Account Value -- which we call the "free withdrawal amount" -- before incurring the withdrawal charge.

For convenience in discussing free withdrawal amounts, we refer to Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Contract Years, including the current Contract Year, as "New Payments," and we refer to Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Contract Years as "Old Payments."

For the first Contract Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to 15% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made. For all other Contract Years, the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of:

l	your Contract's earnings (defined below), minus any free withdrawals taken during the life of your Contract, or
l	15% of the amount of all New Payments minus any free withdrawals taken during the current Contract Year.

Your Contract's earnings are equal to:

l	your Account Value as of the close of business on the previous business day, minus
l	all Purchase Payments made, plus
l	all partial withdrawals and charges taken.

For an example of how we calculate the "free withdrawal amount," see Appendix B.

     Withdrawal Charge on Purchase Payments

If you withdraw more than the free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year, we consider the excess amount to be withdrawn first from Payments that you have not previously withdrawn. We impose the withdrawal charge on the amount of New Payments withdrawn. Thus, the maximum amount on which we will impose the withdrawal charge in any Contract Year will never be more than the total of all New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

     Order of Withdrawal

When you make a withdrawal, we consider the free withdrawal amount to be withdrawn first. We consider Purchase Payments that you have not already withdrawn (beginning with the oldest remaining Purchase Payment) to be withdrawn next. Once all Purchase Payments are withdrawn, the balance withdrawn is considered to be earnings and is not subject to a withdrawal charge.

     Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the Purchase Payments you withdraw by a percentage. The percentage varies according to the number of Contract Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account, including the Contract Year in which you made the Payment, but not the Contract Year in which you withdraw it. Each Payment begins a new 7-year period and moves down the declining surrender charge scale as shown below at each Contract Anniversary. Payments received during the current Contract Year will be charged 7%, if withdrawn. On your next scheduled Contract Anniversary, that Payment, along with any other Payments made during that Contract Year, will be considered to be in their second Contract Year and will have a 6% withdrawal charge. On the next Contract Anniversary, these Payments will move into their third Contract Year and will have a withdrawal charge of 5%, if withdrawn. This withdrawal charge decreases according to the number of Contract Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account.  The declining Withdrawal Charge scale is as follows:

Number of Contract Years
Payment Has Been	Withdrawal
In Your Account	Charge
0-1	7%
1-2	6%
2-3	5%
3-4	4%
4-5	3%
5-6	2%
6-7	1%
7 or more	0%

The withdrawal charge will never be greater than 7% of the excess of your Account Value over the "free withdrawal amount," as defined above.

For additional examples of how we calculate withdrawal charges, see Appendix B.

Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge

     Minimum Distributions

For each Qualified Contract, the free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year will be the greater of the free withdrawal amount described above or any amounts required to be withdrawn to comply with the minimum distribution requirement of the Internal Revenue Code. This waiver of the withdrawal charge applies only to the portion of the required minimum distribution attributable to that Qualified Contract.

     Other Withdrawals

We do not impose the withdrawal charge on amounts you apply to provide an annuity, amounts withdrawn from a Non-Qualified Contract as part of our non-qualified stretch program, amounts we pay as a death benefit, or amounts you transfer among the Sub-Accounts, between the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account, or within the Fixed Account.

Market Value Adjustment

We will apply a Market Value Adjustment if you withdraw or transfer amounts from your Fixed Account Value more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period. For this purpose, using Fixed Account Value to provide an annuity is considered a withdrawal, and the Market Value Adjustment will apply. However, we will not apply the Market Value Adjustment to automatic transfers to a Sub-Account from a Guarantee Period as part of our dollar-cost averaging program.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment separately to each Guarantee Amount in the Fixed Account, that is to each separate allocation you have made to a Guarantee Period together with interest credited on that allocation. However, we do not apply the adjustment to the amount of interest credited during your current Contract Year. Any withdrawal from a Guarantee Amount is attributed first to such interest.

A Market Value Adjustment may decrease, increase or have no effect on your Account Value. This will depend on changes in interest rates since you made your allocation to the Guarantee Period and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. In general, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate we currently declare for Guarantee Periods equal to the balance of your Guarantee Period (or your entire Guarantee Period for Guarantee Periods of less than one year) is higher than your Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to decrease your Account Value. If our current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to increase your Account Value.

We determine the amount of the Market Value Adjustment by multiplying the amount that is subject to the adjustment by the following formula:

 [(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12)  -  1

where:

I	is the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to the Guarantee Amount from which you withdraw, transfer or annuitize;
J	is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for Guarantee Periods equal to the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period applicable to your Guarantee Amount, for Guarantee Periods of one year or more. If the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period applicable to your Guarantee Amount is not a complete number of years, J will be determined by straight line interpolation between the Guaranteed Interest Rates of the next highest and next lowest Guarantee Periods.  For any Guarantee Periods of less than one year, J is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for a Guarantee Period of the same length as your Guarantee Period. If, at that time, we do not offer the applicable Guarantee Period we will use an interest rate determined by straight-line interpolation of the Guaranteed Interest Rates for the Guarantee Periods we do offer;
N	is the number of complete months remaining in your Guarantee Period; and
b	is a factor that currently is 0%, but that in the future we may increase to up to 0.25%. Any increase would be applicable only to Owners who purchase their Contracts after the date of that increase. The "b" factor is the amount that will be used to cover market volatility (i.e., credit risk), basis risk, and/or liquidity costs.

We will apply the Market Value Adjustment to the amount being withdrawn after deduction of any Account Fee, if applicable, but before we impose any withdrawal charge on the amount withdrawn.

For examples of how we calculate the Market Value Adjustment, see Appendix B.

CONTRACT CHARGES

Account Fee

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, we will deduct from your Account an annual Account Fee of $30 to help cover the administrative expenses we incur related to the issuance of Contracts and the maintenance of Accounts. We deduct the Account Fee on each Contract Anniversary. We deduct the Account Fee pro rata from each Sub-Account and each Guarantee Period, based on the allocation of your Account Value on your Contract Anniversary.

We will not charge the Account Fee if:

l	your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Contract Year; or
l	your Account Value is $100,000 or more on your Contract Anniversary.

If you make a full withdrawal of your Account, we will deduct the full amount of the Account Fee at the time of the withdrawal. In addition, on the Annuity Commencement Date we will deduct a pro rata portion of the Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed between the last Contract Anniversary and the day before the Annuity Commencement Date.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an annual Account Fee of $30 in the aggregate in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment we make during the year. We do not deduct any Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments.

Administrative Expense Charge and Distribution Fee

We deduct an administrative expense charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an annual effective rate equal to 0.15% of your average daily Variable Account Value during both the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase. This charge is designed to reimburse us for expenses we incur in administering the Contracts, Owner Accounts and the Variable Account that are not covered by the annual Account Fee.

We also deduct a distribution fee from the assets of the Variable Account at an effective annual rate equal to 0.15% of your average daily Variable Account Value during both the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase. This charge is designed to reimburse us for the expenses associated with distributing and issuing the Contracts.

Depending on the amount of expenses that we incur, we expect that we may earn a profit from these charges. If so, we may use the profit for any proper corporate purpose, including paying any other expenses in connection with the Contracts or adding to our corporate surplus.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an effective annual rate equal to 1.05% of your Variable Account Value. If your Purchase Payments or Account Value exceeds $1 million on your Contract Anniversary, an amount equal to 0.15% of your Account Value will be credited to your Account on that date and on every subsequent Contract Anniversary during the Accumulation Phase. (This credit is paid out of our general account and is the result of cost savings that we expect on larger-sized Contracts.) We assume numerous mortality and expense risks under the Contracts. These risks include, but are not limited to, (1) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to continue to make annuity payments to each Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group live;  (2) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to pay a death benefit upon the death of the Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, including in cases where the death benefit is greater than a Contract's Account Value; (3) the risk that our cost of providing benefits according to the terms of any optional death benefit riders and any optional living benefit riders will exceed the amount of the charges we deduct for those riders; and (4) the risk that the annual Account Fee, the administrative expense charge, and the distribution fee we assess under the Contract may be insufficient to cover the actual total administrative expenses we incur. If the amount of the charge is insufficient to cover our costs resulting from these and other mortality and expense risks, we will bear the loss. If the amount of the charge is more than sufficient to cover such costs, we will make a profit on the charge. We may use this profit for any proper corporate purpose, including the payment of marketing and distribution expenses for the Contract. In setting the rate of this charge, we not only consider our expected mortality and expense risks, but also our objective to earn a profit from the Contracts, after all of the costs, expenses, credits, and benefits we expect to pay in connection with the Contracts.

For Contracts purchased prior to March 5, 2007, the rate of the mortality and expense risk charge is 1.25% (rather than 1.05%), if you were age 76 or older on the Contract's Open Date. Also, during the Income Phase of a Contract, the total insurance charges are at an annual rate of 1.60% of the average daily net value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account, regardless of your age on the Open Date

Charges for Optional Benefit Riders

If you elect an optional living benefit rider, we will deduct, during the Accumulation Phase, an annual charge from your Account Value. The maximum amount of the charge depends upon the rider you elect as shown in the following chart. (The chart shows the charges for the forms of optional living benefit riders that are currently being offered. For more information about these charges, as well as the charges for forms of optional living benefit riders that are no longer being offered but remain in force under currently outstanding Contracts, please see "FEES AND EXPENSES.")

Riders Currently Available	Maximum Annual Fee
Secured Returns for Life Plus	0.50% of highest Account Value during Contract Year*
Income ON Demand Benefit	0.65% of highest Income Benefit Base during Contract Year**
Retirement Asset Protector	0.35% of highest Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base during Contract Year***
* If your Secured Returns for Life Plus rider is cancelled, you will continue to pay the charge for the rider until your 7th Contract Anniversary. ** The Income Benefit Base is defined under "Determining Your Annual Income Amount and Your Stored Income Balance." *** The Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base is defined under "OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: RETIREMENT ASSET PROTECTOR."

One quarter of the annual rider fee will be deducted on the last valuation day of each Account Quarter, based on the Account Value (for Secured Returns for Life Plus) or other applicable benefit base indicated in the foregoing table (for the other two riders) at that time.

If you elect the optional death benefit rider, we will deduct, during the Accumulation Phase, a charge from the assets of the Variable Account equal to 0.20% of the average daily Variable Account Value of your Contract.

Premium Taxes

In New York, there is no premium tax. However, if an Owner or Payee is not a New York State resident, a premium tax may be imposed, depending upon where the Owner or Payee resides. We believe that the amounts of applicable premium taxes currently range from 0% to 3.5%. You should consult a qualified tax professional to find out if you could be subject to a premium tax and the amount of any tax.

In order to reimburse us for the premium tax we may pay on Purchase Payments, our policy is to deduct the amount of such taxes from the amount you apply to provide an annuity at the time of annuitization. However, we reserve the right to deduct the amount of any applicable tax from your Account at any time, including at the time you make a Purchase Payment or make a full or partial withdrawal. We do not make any profit on the deductions we make to reimburse premium taxes.

Fund Expenses

There are fees and charges deducted from each Fund. These fees and expenses are described in the Fund prospectuses and related Statements of Additional Information.

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER:  SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE PLUSSM

At issue, you may elect to participate in an optional living benefit rider: Secured Returns for Life Plus ("Secured Returns for Life Plus" or a "Benefit"). The Benefit provides a guarantee of a return of your initial Purchase Payment (adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), during the accumulation period. (You should note that the benefit does not, in all cases, guarantee payments "for Life." Certain actions you take may reduce, or even exhaust, your benefit.) You may elect the Benefit on or before the Issue Date, provided:

l	the rider is available for sale in both the state where the Contract is sold and in the state where the Owner resides;
l	you limit the allocation of your Purchase Payments and Account Value to the investment options, known as "Designated Funds" that we make available with each rider;
l	the oldest Owner has not attained age 81 on the Open Date; and
l	you do not elect any other optional living benefit rider available under your Contract.

You have the option of choosing between two different payment options under Secured Returns for Life Plus: the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB Plan") and the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB Plan"). These options are described in detail under captions containing those names.

We use the following definitions to describe how Secured Returns for Life Plus works:

AB Plan Maturity Date:	The date when the AB Plan matures.  If you are younger than 80 on the Issue Date, your AB Plan Maturity Date is the later of your 10th Contract Anniversary or 10 years from the date of your last step-up. (See "Step-Up.") If you are 80 on the Issue Date, your AB Maturity Date is your maximum Annuity Commencement Date.
Plus 5 Period:	The period of time equal in length to the first 10 Contract Years; or, if less than 10 years, the period of time up to the Contract Year in which the oldest Contract Owner attains age 80.
Bonus Base:	An amount that is equal to the initial Purchase Payment on the date the Contract is issued, and later is adjusted for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals made during the Plus 5 Period.
Guaranteed Living Benefit Amount (the "GLB amount"):	The minimum amount guaranteed under the Contract while you are participating in the AB Plan. The GLB amount is initially equal to your initial Purchase Payment, which is adjusted for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals. The GLB amount is also used to set the RGLB amount on the date you elect the WB Plan.
Remaining Guaranteed Living Benefit (the "RGLB amount"):	The minimum amount guaranteed if you elected the WB Plan. The RGLB amount equals the GLB amount plus any accrued bonus amount on the date you choose to participate in the WB Plan. This amount will be adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, bonus amounts, and partial withdrawals.
Guaranteed Living Benefit Base (the "GLB Base"):	A value equal to the RGLB amount on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan. The GLB Base is adjusted later for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, bonus amounts, and partial withdrawals. The GLB Base is used to establish the Maximum WB Amount.
Lifetime Income Base:	A value equal to the RGLB amount on the WB Plan election date, if you are age 60 or older on said date. A value equal to the RGLB amount on the Contract Anniversary on or immediately following your 59th birthday, if you are less than age 60 on the WB Plan election date. The Lifetime Income Base is adjusted later for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, bonus amounts, and partial withdrawals. The Lifetime Income Base is used to establish the Maximum WB for Life Amount.
Maximum WB Amount:	The maximum guaranteed amount available for annual withdrawal until your RGLB amount has been reduced to zero. The annual Maximum WB Amount is equal to 5% of the GLB Base.
Maximum WB For Life Amount:	The maximum guaranteed amount available for annual withdrawal during your lifetime. The Maximum WB for Life Amount is equal to 4% or 5% of the current Lifetime Income Base depending upon the age of the Contract Owner on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan or most recent Step-Up Date. If your Contract is co-owned, the age of the oldest co-owner will be used to determine the Maximum WB for Life Amount. (You should be aware that the Maximum WB for Life Amount is not a guaranteed amount. Certain actions you take could reduce the value of your Maximum WB for Life Amount to zero.)
You and Your:	Under this optional living benefit rider, the terms "you" and "your" refer to the oldest Owner or the surviving spouse of the oldest Owner as described under "Your Death Under the AB Plan" and "Your Death Under the WB Plan." In the case of a non-natural owner, these terms refer to the oldest annuitant.

We also use the following acronyms when discussing the features of Secured Returns for Life Plus:

WB Plan	Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Plan
AB Plan	Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Plan
GLB Amount	Guaranteed Living Benefit Amount
RGLB Amount	Remaining Guaranteed Living Benefit Amount
Maximum WB Amount	Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Amount
Maximum WB for Life Amount	Maximum Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit for Life Amount

Secured Returns for Life Plus may not be appropriate for all investors. Before purchasing Secured Returns for Life Plus, you should carefully consider the following:

Secured Returns for Life Plus may beappropriate for investors who :
●	want to protect their initial Purchase Payment from market declines (subsequent Purchase Payments may not be fully protected).
●	want the option of receiving a steady stream of income for life beginning on your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday.
●	are not prepared to decide at issue between participation in the AB Plan and participation in WB Plan.
Secured Returns for Life Plus may be inappropriate for investors who:
●	want multiple Owners.
●	want the flexibility to invest in funds other than the "Designated Funds."
●	want the flexibility to withdraw more than a fixed amount each year.

You may combine your Secured Returns for Life Plus rider with the optional death benefit rider. Upon annuitization, Secured Returns for Life Plus and the optional death benefit rider (if elected) automatically terminate.

Secured Returns for Life Plus guarantees a return of your initial Purchase Payment regardless of the investment performance of the underlying funds, provided that you comply with certain requirements. The amount guaranteed can be greater than or less than your Account Value. The guaranteed amount can be paid out under a Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan, which provides for a return of your guaranteed amount on the AB Plan Maturity Date, or a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan, which provides for a return of your guaranteed amount through periodic withdrawals or, if you meet certain conditions, payments for life.

In addition, Secured Returns for Life Plus includes a bonus feature (called the "Plus 5 Program") that may increase the guaranteed amount under the WB Plan provided no withdrawals are taken during a Contract Year. These bonuses will not increase your guaranteed amount under the AB Plan. But we will keep track of any bonuses while you are in the AB Plan and apply them to the WB Plan, if and when you transfer into the WB Plan.  The bonuses under the Plus 5 Program are discussed further under "Plus 5 Program."

If you elect Secured Returns for Life Plus, you are automatically enrolled in the AB Plan. At any time, you may elect instead to receive your benefit under the WB Plan, provided that you make the election prior to the earliest of the date your AB Plan matures, the Contract's maximum Annuity Commencement Date (the first day of the month following the youngest Annuitant's 90th birthday), and the date you annuitize. Once you elect to participate in the WB Plan, you may not change your election to the AB Plan. If you do not specifically elect the WB Plan, you will be deemed to have elected to remain in the AB Plan.

Designated Funds

To participate in Secured Returns for Life Plus, all of your Account Value must be invested in one or more of the "Designated Funds" during the entire term of the plan: a 10-year period under the AB Plan or, if you elected the WB Plan, until the RGLB amount is reduced to zero and the Lifetime Income Base is zero. The only Funds, dollar-cost averaging program options, and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds" are as follows:

Asset Allocation Models	Funds
Conservative Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Conservative Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Aggressive Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2
Sun Capital Balanced Return Model	MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class
Build Your Portfolio	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares
Dollar-Cost Averaging Program Options
6-Month DCA Guarantee Option
12-Month DCA Guarantee Option

One of the asset allocation models that qualifies as a Designated Fund is the portfolio model that applies to our "build your portfolio" program. That portfolio model and the "build your portfolio" program are described in "BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO" and in "APPENDIX H -- BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO."

We reserve the right to change the available Designated Funds on new and existing Contracts without prior notice. Any time there is a change in the Designated Funds, your Account Value will remain in the previously available Designated Funds. However, any future transfers or Purchase Payments you make may only be allocated to the Designated Funds then available.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan

Under its terms, the AB Plan matures on the AB Plan Maturity Date. On that date, we will credit your Account Value with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value after adjusting for any Contract charges or credits. Any such amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to all Designated Funds in which you are invested at that time.

Your GLB amount and your Bonus Base are equal to the sum of 100% of your initial Purchase Payment plus a specified percentage of any subsequent Purchase Payments, adjusted in amount for step-ups (described under "Step -Up") and partial withdrawals. If you make one or more subsequent Purchase Payments during the 10-year period, the period will not restart. Rather, the percentage of guaranteed return for each subsequent Purchase Payment after the second Contract Anniversary will be reduced depending upon the Contract Year in which it was made, as follows:

Contract Year in which Purchase Payment was made	Percentage added to the GLB amount and to the Bonus Base
1-2	100%
3-5	85%
6-8	70%
9-10	60%

Note that the timing and amount of subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals may significantly affect the total Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit. In particular, Purchase Payments made after the second Contract Year may significantly reduce the value of this Benefit to you.

If your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount on the AB Plan Maturity Date, we will credit your Account Value with an amount equal to the charges you paid for Secured Returns for Life Plus. (See "Refund of Secured Returns for Life Plus Charges Under the AB Plan.") For examples of how we calculate benefits under the AB Plan, see "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples."

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan

Under the terms of the WB Plan, you are guaranteed a return of your RGLB amount even if your Account Value becomes zero. Each Contract Year during which the WB Plan is in effect, you can withdraw up to your Maximum WB Amount until your RGLB amount has been depleted. Once the RGLB amount is reduced to zero, your GLB Base is permanently set to zero as well. However, if you exceed your Maximum WB Amount in any one Contract Year, your RGLB and future guaranteed withdrawals will be reduced in the manner described under "Withdrawals Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit."

The WB Plan also guarantees that, if you have chosen the WB Plan and if you are age 60 or older, you can withdraw up to your Maximum WB for Life Amount every Contract Year that you are alive, even if your Account Value has been depleted. If you are younger than age 60, you may withdraw up to your Maximum WB for Life Amount every Contract Year after your first Contract Anniversary following your 59th birthday. If you exceed your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any one Contract Year, the amount of your subsequent guaranteed lifetime withdrawals will be reduced in the manner discussed under "Withdrawals Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit."

Your Maximum WB Amount is a set dollar amount equal to 5% of your GLB Base. On the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan, we set your RGLB amount to equal your GLB amount as described under "Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan" plus any accrued bonuses. Your GLB Base is also set equal to the RGLB amount on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan. This value is used to determine your Maximum WB Amount as discussed further below.

To calculate your Maximum WB for Life Amount, we must first determine your Lifetime Income Base. The Lifetime Income Base is an amount equal to the RGLB amount on:

l	the date you elected to participate in the WB Plan if you are age 60 or older on that date, or
l	your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday, if you are 59 or younger on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan.

The Maximum WB for Life Amount will then be calculated, based upon your age on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan, as follows:

Your Age on Date of First Withdrawal under WB Plan	Maximum WB for Life Amount
65 or older	5% of the Lifetime Income Base
64 or younger	4% of the Lifetime Income Base

You are not required to make any withdrawals after you have elected the WB Plan; however, each time you make a withdrawal, we determine whether the withdrawal has exceeded the Maximum WB Amount, the Maximum WB for Life Amount, or both. If you have exceeded the Maximum WB Amount or the Maximum WB for Life Amount, we determine the new maximum amount(s) for future withdrawals. In any one Contract Year, withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount may reduce or eliminate your future guaranteed withdrawals, possibly reducing the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit to an amount less than the sum of your Purchase Payments. (See "Withdrawals Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit.")

Provided your RGLB amount and Account Value have not been reduced to zero, any Purchase Payment made after you have elected the WB Plan, and before your fourth Contract Anniversary, will increase your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Bonus Base, and your Lifetime Income Base each by 100% of such Purchase Payment. Therefore, your Maximum WB Amount will equal 5% of your new GLB Base. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount will equal 4% or 5% of your new Lifetime Income Base, depending upon your age on the date of your first withdrawals under the WB Plan as shown in the above chart or your most recent "Step-Up Date," described under "Step-Up." Under the WB Plan, after your fourth Contract Anniversary, you may not make any additional Purchase Payments unless your benefit under the rider has been cancelled, terminated, or revoked. After the fourth Contract Anniversary, any Purchase Payments submitted by an Owner while participating in the WB Plan will be treated as "Not in Good Order" and returned to the Owner, unless the Owner instructs us to terminate his participation in the rider.

For examples of how we calculate benefits under the WB Plan, see "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples."

     Plus 5 Program

The Plus 5 Program gives you the opportunity to increase your Secured Returns for Life Plus benefit if you defer taking withdrawals. That is to say, if you have selected the Benefit and you do not take any withdrawals in the early Contract Years, you will be able to take larger withdrawals in the later Contract Years. Under Secured Returns for Life Plus, the Plus 5 Program is automatically available to you during your first 10 Contract Years (the "Plus 5 Period"). However, if you are 70 or older on the Issue Date, the Plus 5 Period ends on your 80th birthday. Under the Plus 5 Program, if you do not take any withdrawals during any one or more Contract Years, we will automatically calculate a bonus based upon your initial Purchase Payment (the "Bonus Base") and adjusted for additional Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals. Although we calculate the amount of your bonus each year regardless of whether you are participating in the AB Plan or the WB Plan, you can benefit from any bonus amount only if you choose to participate in the WB Plan, as follows:

	l	Assume you are participating in the AB Plan. Under this Plan, you only have the potential for increasing the amount of your withdrawals in later Contract Years. For each year you do not take a withdrawal during the Plus 5 Period, we will calculate a bonus equal to 5% of your Bonus Base and add it to an existing accrued bonus amount. The bonuses you earn will accumulate but will not increase your Account Value, your GLB amount, or any guarantee payments you receive under the AB Plan. If you choose to switch to the WB Plan, that potential for larger withdrawals will be realized. When you switch to the WB Plan, we will set your RGLB amount to equal your GLB amount plus any bonuses accumulated under your Contract while you were participating in the AB Plan.
	l	Assume you are participating in the WB Plan. Under this Plan, the potential for larger withdrawals will be realized. Each year you do not take a withdrawal during the Plus 5 Period, we will not only calculate a bonus equal to 5% of your Bonus Base, but we will add that bonus to your RGLB amount on your Contract Anniversary.  In this way, your withdrawals under the WB Plan will be larger in the later years than they would have been without the Plus 5 Program. Each time we add a bonus to the RGLB amount, we will also recalculate your GLB Base and Lifetime Income Base as described below.
		After the addition of any bonus, your new GLB Base will be the greater of:
l			your GLB Base prior to the addition of the amount of any bonus, and
l			your RGLB amount after the addition of any applicable bonus.
		If your age is within our age limitations, we will calculate a new Lifetime Income Base. Your new Lifetime Income Base will be equal to the greater of:
l			your Lifetime Income Base prior to the addition of the bonus amount, and
l			the lesser of:
l				your RGLB amount after the addition of the bonus amount, and
l				your previous Lifetime Income Base plus the addition of any bonus amount.

While you are participating in the AB Plan during the Plus 5 Period, any bonuses that apply to your Contract will only accumulate and will not increase your GLB amount or any guarantee payments you receive under the AB Plan. However, for each Contract Year that you do not take a withdrawal during the Plus 5 Period, the bonus will be calculated and added to the existing accrued bonus amount. Before taking a withdrawal during the Plus 5 Period, you should carefully consider the negative effect this will have on your Plus 5 bonuses.

When and if you elect to participate in the WB Plan, your RGLB amount is set equal to your GLB amount plus any bonuses accumulated under your Contract while you were participating in the AB Plan. Your accrued bonus amount will then be set at zero. Any future bonus amounts, if applicable, while you are participating in the WB Plan, will be added each year, as described above.

Bonuses under the Plus 5 Program do not increase your Account Value; you can benefit from any such bonus only if you choose the WB Plan.

Cost of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

Unlike other Contract charges, the charge for Secured Returns for Life Plus will not be calculated as a percentage of average daily net assets as described under "Variable Accumulation Unit Value." Instead, the charge for the Benefit will be made as a specific deduction from the Account Value, taken on the last valuation day of the Account Quarter. The charge per year for Secured Returns for Life Plus is currently equal to 0.50% of your Account Value. The quarterly charge will be determined by multiplying the Account Value at the end of the Account Quarter by 0.00125. (See "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples.") The specific amount of the quarterly charge will be reflected on your quarterly account statement. The maximum charge you can pay for Secured Returns for Life Plus in any one Contract Year is equal to 0.50% of the highest Account Value at any point in that Contract Year.

We will continue to deduct this charge until:

l	you annuitize or
l	under the provisions of Secured Returns for Life Plus;
l		your benefit matures;
l		your benefit is revoked (see "Revocation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit"); or
l		your RGLB amount and your Lifetime Income Base are both reduced to zero under the WB Plan.

Cancellation of the Benefit (caused by a transfer out of the Designated Funds, a Purchase Payment allocation to a non-Designated Fund, or an assignment) will not terminate the charge, until the 7th Contract Anniversary. (See "Cancellation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit.")

Withdrawals Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

All withdrawals under Secured Returns for Life Plus are subject to withdrawal charges if they are in excess of the annual free withdrawal amount. (See "Free Withdrawal Amount" under "Withdrawal Charge.") In addition, any withdrawals you take under Secured Returns for Life Plus will reduce the value of your benefit under the rider. Such withdrawals affect your benefit differently depending upon whether you are participating in the AB Plan or the WB Plan. In either case, however, a withdrawal may reduce the value of the Benefit by an amount greater than the amount of the withdrawal.

Assume you are participating in the AB Plan. Any withdrawals you make will reduce the dollar value of your benefit under this rider proportionally to the amount withdrawn. For example, after a partial withdrawal, the new GLB amount will equal

old GLB amount X Account Value immediately after partial withdrawal Account Value immediately before partial withdrawal

Therefore, on your AB Maturity Date, instead of crediting your Account Value with the full amount of your benefit, we will reduce the amount we credit proportionally to the amount withdrawn. We will also proportionally reduce your Bonus Base and any accrued bonuses using a similar calculation. (See "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples.") However, as discussed in detail under "Plus 5 Program," even though the Bonus Base and accrued bonuses are calculated while you are in the AB Plan, you can benefit from any bonus amount only if you choose to participate in the WB Plan.

Assume you are participating in the WB Plan and you want to receive the full amount of your guaranteed benefit over a period of years. To maximize your guaranteed benefit, you may withdraw no more than a specified amount each year. In other words, each year, you may withdraw no more than your Maximum WB Amount. Your guaranteed benefit amount (the RGLB amount) will be reduced dollar for dollar, but your Maximum WB Amount will remain unchanged.  In other words, you will be able to take the same maximum amount each year until your guaranteed benefit amount is completely withdrawn.

If, however, in any one Contract Year, you withdraw more than the current Maximum WB Amount, the dollar value of your guaranteed benefits will be reduced and the amount of each future annual guaranteed withdrawal will be less. Here is how we calculate the benefit reduction. Your new RGLB amount will be the lesser of:

l	your previous RGLB amount, reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the withdrawal, and
l	your Account Value after the withdrawal.

Yournew GLB Base will be the lesser of:

l	your previous GLB Base reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the excess withdrawal, and
l	your Account Value after the withdrawal.

Your new Bonus Base will be the lesser of:

l	your previous Bonus Base reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the excess withdrawal, and
l	your Account Value after the withdrawal.

Your new Maximum WB Amount will be 5% of your new reduced GLB Base. Going forward, this will be the maximum amount that you can withdraw annually without further reducing your benefit.

The Maximum WB Amount is not cumulative. If you withdraw less than the Maximum WB Amount in any one Contract Year, you cannot add that unused portion to withdrawals made in future years to increase the Maximum WB Amount.

Assume you are participating in the WB Plan and, instead, you want to receive a guaranteed annual amount for the rest of your life. To maximize your guaranteed benefit, you may withdraw no more than a specified amount each year.  Under this scenario, you may withdraw no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount. Your guaranteed benefit amount (the RGLB amount) will be reduced dollar for dollar, but your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain unchanged. In other words, you will be able to take the same maximum amount each year as long as you are alive, subject to the other terms and conditions described herein.

If, however, in any one Contract Year, you withdraw more than the current Maximum WB for Life Amount, the dollar value of your guaranteed benefits will be reduced and the amount of each future annual guaranteed withdrawal will be less. Here is how we calculate the benefit reduction. Your new Lifetime Income Base will be the lesser of

l	your previous Lifetime Income Base reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the excess withdrawal, and
l	the Account Value after the withdrawal.

A new Maximum WB for Life Amount will be determined based upon your age on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan (or your age on the most recent "Step-Up Date," if later) as follows:

Your Age on the later of Date of First Withdrawal under WB Plan or Most Recent Step-Up Date	New Maximum WB for Life Amount
65 or older	5% of the new Lifetime Income Base
64 or younger	4% of the new Lifetime Income Base

The Maximum WB for Life Amount is not cumulative. That is to say, the unused portion in any Contract Year cannot be applied in future years to increase the Maximum WB for Life Amount.

In general when participating in the WB Plan, you should keep the following in mind:

l		A withdrawal in excess of the Maximum WB Amount or the Maximum WB for Life Amount might reduce or eliminate your Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefits.
l		If your Account Value drops to zero and, in the same year, you withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your benefits under Secured Returns for Life Plus will terminate.
l		If your Account Value drops to zero but you did not, in the same year, withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your benefits under Secured Returns for Life will continue. However, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted, no death benefit or annuity benefits will be payable, and all benefits under your Contract, except the right to continue annual withdrawals under this rider, will terminate. You will have two choices:
(1)			You could choose to receive the Maximum WB for Life Amount, if any, until you die. In that case, after your death, your beneficiary receives the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero; or
(2)			You (or your beneficiary if you have died) could choose to receive the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero.
	If you do not make a choice, we will default you to option 1.

For examples showing how withdrawals affect your benefits under the WB Plan, see "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples."

Annuitization Under the WB Plan

Under the WB Plan, if your Account Value is greater than zero on the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you may annuitize your Contract rather than receiving periodic payments under the WB plan. If no prior election to annuitize is on file with the Company, on the maximum Annuity Commencement Date you may elect to:

l	annuitize your Contract;
l	surrender your Contract;
l	receive the Maximum WB Amount each year  until the RGLB amount is reduced to zero; or
l	receive the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until an Owner dies and, thereafter, allow the beneficiary to receive the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero.

Regardless of whether you elect to annuitize, surrender or receive payments under the WB plan, all other Contract benefits, including the Death Benefit, will terminate on the Annuity Commencement Date. If you fail to make an election, we may automatically annuitize your Contract and provide a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

Cancellation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

Transfers among the Designated Funds are permitted as described under "Transfer Privilege." If, however, you transfer some or all of your Account Value out of the Designated Funds, the Secured Returns for Life Plus benefits will be automatically cancelled. Likewise, if you allocate one or more subsequent Purchase Payments to an investment option other than one of the Designated Funds, the Secured Returns for Life Plus benefits will be cancelled.

An assignment of ownership of the Contract will also cancel Secured Returns for Life Plus.

Once Secured Returns for Life Plus has been cancelled, it cannot be reinstated. After cancellation of the benefits, you will continue to pay the annual charge for Secured Returns for Life Plus until your 7th Contract Anniversary.

Revocation of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

Anytime after your 7th Contract Anniversary, you may revoke Secured Returns for Life Plus. Once revoked, Secured Returns for Life Plus may not be reinstated. After Secured Returns for Life Plus has been revoked, all benefits and charges will end.

Step-Up

On or after your first Contract Anniversary, you may elect to increase your guaranteed amount to your then current Account Value. Currently, this step-up election may be made on any day after your first Contract Anniversary. (We reserve the right to require step-up elections to occur only within 30 days following the first or any subsequent Contract Anniversary.)

If you are participating in the AB Plan, on the day we receive your step-up election notice in good order (the "Step-Up Date"), we will increase your GLB amount and Bonus Base to an amount equal to your Account Value on the Step-Up Date, if eligible. If you elect to step-up, at least one full year from the Step-Up Date must pass before you can elect another step-up. You can only elect to step-up if:

l	your current Account Value is greater than the current GLB amount, and
l	your Account Value is $5,000,000 or less on your Step-Up Date.

If you are participating in the WB Plan on the Step-Up Date, we will step up your GLB Base, your Bonus Base, your RGLB amount, and your Lifetime Income Base to an amount equal to your Account Value on the Step-Up Date, if eligible. If you elect to step-up, at least one full year from the Step-Up date must pass before you can elect another Step-Up. You can only elect to step-up if:

l	your current Account Value is greater than the current GLB Base and the current Lifetime Income Base, and
l	your Account Value is $5,000,000 or less on your Step-Up Date.

For purposes of determining the above $5,000,000 limits, we reserve the right to aggregate your Account Value with the account values of all other Sun Life variable annuity contracts you own.

If you are in the AB Plan, your Step-Up Date must be at least 10 years prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. If you have selected an Annuity Commencement Date that is prior to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date but is less than 10 years after your Step-Up Date, we will automatically extend your Annuity Commencement Date to equal your AB Plan Maturity Date.

Without a step-up, your benefit under the AB Plan will "mature" on the 10th Contract Anniversary (the date we credit your Account with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value or refund your Secured Returns for Life Plus Rider charge, i.e. the "AB Plan Maturity Date"). If you elect to step-up your GLB amount, the term of your benefit under the AB Plan will change. After you make a step-up election, your benefit under the AB Plan will mature 10 years from the Step-Up Date, unless you elect the WB Plan any time before the AB Plan matures. (See "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples.") Accrued bonus amounts after step-up under the AB Plan will be equal to the greater of:

l	the accrued bonus amount before step-up less the difference between the GLB amount after and before step up, and
l	zero.

Thus, a step-up while the AB Plan is in effect will cause a reduction in the amount of any accrued bonuses.

Following your step-up election, the rider fee will be changed to an amount equal to the Secured Returns for Life Plus fee charged on newly issued Contracts at that time. This fee may be higher than your current fee as set forth under "Cost of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit." If we are no longer issuing new Contracts with the Secured Returns for Life Plus Rider, then the rider fee after the step-up will be set by us, based upon current market conditions at the time of the step-up.

If you have been receiving benefits under the WB Plan, a step-up will change your Maximum WB Amount and your Maximum WB for Life Amount. Your Step-Up Date must be a date prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. After the step up, your Maximum WB Amount will be 5% of the new GLB Base, and your Maximum WB for Life Amount will be 4% or 5% of your new Lifetime Income Base depending upon your age. If you are 65 or older on the Step-Up Date and your Maximum WB for Life Amount has been equal to 4% of your GLB Base, your Maximum WB for Life Amount will be increased to 5% of your GLB Base. Note that, if you step-up in a particular Contract Year, any withdrawals previously made in that Contract Year are applied against your new Maximum WB Amount and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount. (See "Appendix G - Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples.")

If your benefit is under the AB Plan, at the time of step-up, you can still change to the WB Plan at a later date, subject to the applicable age restrictions described under "Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ('WB') Plan". (See "Appendix G- Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit Examples.")

Subsequent Purchase Payments After a Step-Up

Under the WB Plan, subsequent Purchase Payments will increase, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the RGLB amount, the GLB Base, the Bonus Base, and the Lifetime Income Base, if applicable. After your fourth Contract Anniversary, if you are participating in the WB Plan, subsequent Purchase Payments are not allowed.

Under the AB Plan, after your step-up election, any subsequent Purchase Payment will increase the GLB amount and the Bonus Base under your AB Plan by a specified percentage of the subsequent Purchase Payment. The percentage guaranteed depends upon the "Step-Up Year" in which the Payment was made. (A "Step-Up Year" is the 365-day period (366, if a leap year) commencing on your Step-Up Date.) The example below illustrates how we determine the percentage guaranteed after a subsequent Purchase Payment:

	Assume you purchased a Contract on July 1, 2005, and elected to step-up your Contract on October 1, 2010. Under the AB Plan that you have elected, your benefit matures on October 1, 2020. For any subsequent Purchase Payments you make, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base would increase by the following percentages of such Purchase Payments:
Step-Up Year		Payments Made Between	Percentage Added to the GLB amount and the Bonus Base
1		10/02/10 – 10/01/11	100%
2		10/02/11 – 10/01/12	100%
3		10/02/12 – 10/01/13	85%
4		10/02/13 – 10/01/14	85%
5		10/02/14 – 10/01/15	85%
6		10/02/15 – 10/01/16	70%
7		10/02/16 – 10/01/17	70%
8		10/02/17 – 10/01/18	70%
9		10/02/18 – 10/01/19	60%
10		10/02/19 – 10/01/20	60%

Thus, only 70% of a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 2, 2015, would be guaranteed whereas 85% of a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 1, 2015, would be guaranteed. It may be to your disadvantage to make any such Purchase Payments that increase the GLB amount by less that 100% of the payment.

Renewal of the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

If you elect to participate in the AB Plan and you remain in the Plan until it matures, you may elect to renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus, provided that we are still offering the Benefit to new Owners. Upon renewal, the annual charge for participation in the Benefit will be extended under the terms and conditions applicable to new Owners at that time. If renewal in the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit is not available, or is available but you make no election to renew your participation in the Benefit, all further benefits under Secured Returns for Life Plus will be discontinued. We reserve the right to stop offering the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit to new Owners. If we do so, renewals will no longer be available.

Once you elect to participate in the WB Plan, you may not renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus.

Refund of Secured Returns for Life Plus Charges Under the AB Plan

If your Contract remains in the AB Plan until the AB Plan Maturity Date, and the Account Value is greater than or equal to the GLB amount, then we will refund the charges you have paid for Secured Returns for Life Plus ("Refund Amount") by crediting the Refund Amount to your Account Value. The Refund Amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Designated Funds in which you are invested on such AB Plan Maturity Date. No refund of the Secured Returns for Life Plus rider charges will be made if you change from the AB Plan to the WB Plan.

Your Death Under the AB Plan

If you die while participating in the AB Plan, all benefits and charges under Secured Returns for Life Plus will automatically terminate when we receive Due Proof of Death, unless your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract. In that case, your surviving spouse has three options under the Contract (assuming at the time of such election that the rider is available to new Owners and your surviving spouse meets certain eligibility requirements).

(1)	Your spouse can automatically continue in the AB Plan even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit. (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT.") The charges under Secured Returns for Life Plus will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value. The GLB amount, however, will not be reset.
(2)	Your surviving spouse can elect to switch to the WB Plan; however, such election must be made prior to the earliest of annuitization, the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, and the scheduled AB Plan Maturity Date. The same WB Plan benefits will apply, except the surviving spouse will not be entitled to receive lifetime withdrawal benefits under the original optional living benefit rider.
(3)	Your surviving spouse can elect to participate in a new Secured Returns for Life Plus rider on the original Contract and, thus, be eligible to receive lifetime withdrawal benefits. If the surviving spouse makes such election: (a) the rider charge will be equal to the rider charge on newly issued Contracts; (b) the GLB amount and the Bonus Base will be equal to the Account Value after the death benefit has been credited; and (c) the spouse will be enrolled in the AB Plan. If the spouse elects to switch to the WB Plan, the GLB Base and the RGLB amount will be the GLB amount on the date the spouse elected to participate in the WB Plan. The Lifetime Income Base will be the RGLB amount on:
l		the date the surviving spouse elected to participate in the WB Plan, if the spouse is age 60 or older on that date, or
l		the Contract Anniversary after the surviving spouse reaches age 59, if the spouse is 59 or younger on the date of the WB Plan Election.

If the Contract is not continued by your surviving spouse following your death while participating in the AB Plan, your Beneficiary may elect any available option under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Your Death Under the WB Plan

If you die while participating in the WB Plan, your Beneficiary may elect to exercise any of the available options under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract or, alternatively, to receive the Maximum WB Amount on an annual basis until the RGLB amount has been reduced to zero. If your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract, your spouse has two additional options under the Contract:

(1)

Your surviving spouse can automatically continue to participate in the WB Plan, but lifetime withdrawal benefits will not be available to your spouse. All other benefits under the WB Plan will continue, for your surviving spouse, even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit. (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT.") The charges under Secured Returns for Life Plus will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value. The RGLB amount, however, will not be reset.

(2)

Your surviving spouse can elect to participate in a new Secured Returns for Life Plus rider on the original contract (subject to the terms and conditions described under "Your Death Under the AB Plan") and, thus, be eligible to receive lifetime withdrawal benefits.

Certain Tax Considerations

Certain tax considerations may be important to you in connection with a living benefit rider, such as Secured Returns for Life Plus. For a discussion of some of these considerations, please refer to "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" and "TAX CONSIDERATIONS - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders."

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: Income ON DemandSM BENEFIT

On or before the Issue Date, you may elect to participate in an optional living benefit rider known as the Income ON Demand Benefit (the "Income ON Demand Benefit" or "Income ON Demand Rider"). To describe how the Income ON Demand Benefit works, we use the following definitions:

Income ON Demand Coverage Date:	Your Issue Date if you are at least age 59½ at issue, otherwise the first Contract Anniversary following your 59th birthday.
Annual Income Amount:	The amount added to your Stored Income Balance on each Contract Anniversary beginning on the Income ON Demand Coverage Date; it is equal to 5% of your Income Benefit Base on the date of crediting.
Stored Income Balance:	The amount you may withdraw at any time after age 59 ½ without reducing the Benefit.
Income Benefit Base:	The amount used to calculate your Annual Income Amount and your cost for the Income ON Demand Benefit.
You and Your:	The terms "you" and "your" refer to the oldest Owner or the surviving spouse of the oldest Owner, as described under "Your Death Under the Income ON Demand Benefit." In the case of a non-natural Owner, these terms refer to the oldest annuitant.

The Income ON Demand Benefit may not be appropriate for all investors. Before purchasing the Income ON Demand Benefit, you should carefully consider the following:

The Income ON Demand Benefit may beappropriate for investors who:
●	want a steady stream of income for life beginning at age 59½.
●	want the flexibility to store income for later years, rather than having to take a specified percentage every year.
●	can wait until age 59½ to begin receiving that income.
The Income ON Demand Benefit may be inappropriate for investors who:
●	anticipate the need for excess withdrawals (i.e., withdrawals in excess of those permitted annually under the terms of the Income ON Demand Benefit) or early withdrawals (i.e., withdrawals prior to age 59½).
●	want the flexibility to invest in funds other than the "Designated Funds."
●	are significantly younger than 59½  on the Issue Date, because the Income ON Demand Benefit does not begin to accrue lifetime benefits until you are age 59½.
●	are invested in contributory plans, because the Income ON Demand Benefit prohibits any Purchase Payments after the first Contract Anniversary.

You may elect to participate in the Income ON Demand Benefit, provided that:

l	the rider is available for sale both in the state where the Contract is sold, and in the state where the Owner resides;
l	neither the oldest Owner nor the oldest Annuitant has attained age 81 on or before the date we receive your application in good order (in the case of a non-natural Owner, the oldest Annuitant has not attained age 81 on or before that date);
l	you limit the allocation of your Purchase Payments and Account Value to the investment options, known as "Designated Funds," that we make available with the Income ON Demand Benefit; and
l	you do not elect any other optional living benefit rider available under your Contract.

The Income ON Demand Benefit allows you to withdraw a guaranteed amount each year, beginning at age 59½, until the death of any Owner , regardless of the investment performance of the Funds, provided that you comply with certain requirements. The amount you can withdraw, in any one year, is based on 5% of your Income Benefit Base. Any amount that you do not withdraw in a given year will be stored in the Stored Income Balance and can be used for later withdrawals. The amount you can withdraw each year can be increased or decreased as described under "Determining Your Stored Income Balance."

In addition, if you make no withdrawals during the first 10 Contract Years, regardless of your age on the Issue Date, we will credit to your Account Value an amount equal to the excess, if any, of your total Purchase Payments over your then Account Value. If you are participating in the Income ON Demand Benefit, you may not make Purchase Payments after the first year following your Issue Date.

Determining Your Income Benefit Base

On the Issue Date, we set your Income Benefit Base equal to your initial Purchase Payment. Thereafter, your Income Benefit Base is:

l	decreased following any withdrawals you take prior to becoming age 59½;
l	decreased following any withdrawals you take after becoming age 59½, if such withdrawal is in excess of the Stored Income Balance at the time of the withdrawal;
l	increased by any step-ups as described under "Step-Up Under the Income ON Demand Benefit";
l	increased to the extent you exercise your one-time option to use any amount of your Stored Income Balance to increase your Income Benefit Base, as described under "How the Income ON Demand Benefit Works"; and
l	increased by any subsequent Purchase Payments you make during the first year following the Issue Date.

Determining Your Stored Income Balance

On the Income ON Demand Coverage Date, your Stored Income Balance will equal your Annual Income Amount (i.e., 5% of your Income Benefit Base on that Date). After the initial Stored Income Balance has been set, your Stored Income Balance

l	increases by 5% of any subsequent Purchase Payments you make during the first year following the Issue Date,
l	increases on each Contract Anniversary by the amount of your Annual Income Amount determined on that Anniversary,
l	decreases by the amount of any withdrawals you take, and
l	decreases by the amount you use in exercising your "one-time" option to increase your Income Benefit Base (described under "How the Income ON Demand Benefit Works").

How the Income ON Demand Benefit Works

Under the terms of the Income ON Demand Benefit, you can take withdrawals up to the amount of your Stored Income Balance at any time, subject to the terms and conditions discussed below. If your Account Value is reduced to zero, as long as your Income Benefit Base is greater than zero, you will receive an amount equal to your Annual Income Amount every year of your life unless you choose to cancel the Rider. Although your Stored Income Balance will begin accumulating on the Income ON Demand Coverage Date, you may not begin withdrawing your Stored Income Balance until you are at least age 59½ without reducing your Income Benefit Base. You can continue to withdraw your Stored Income Balance until your Annuity Commencement Date.

Note that the timing and amount of your withdrawals may significantly decrease your total Income ON Demand Benefit, as described further under "Withdrawals Under the Income ON Demand Benefit" and "Tenth-Year Credit." Note also that investing in any Funds, other than the "Designated Funds," will cancel the Income ON Demand Benefit as described under "Cancellation of the Income ON Demand Benefit."

Your Stored Income Balance can be used in two ways. You can withdraw all or a portion of your Stored Income Balance through partial withdrawals, or you can use all or a portion of your Stored Income Balance to effect a "one-time" increase of your Income Benefit Base.

Withdrawals from your Stored Income Balance can be taken at any time after age 59½ without affecting your Income Benefit Base. If, at any time prior to your Annuity Commencement Date, you make a withdrawal that does not exceed your Stored Income Balance:

● your Stored Income Balance will be decreased by the amount withdrawn in that Contract Year, and

● the withdrawal will not be subject to surrender charges.

You also have the option to use all or a portion of your Stored Income Balance to increase your Income Benefit Base. This option allows you to increase your future Annual Income Amount. This option may be exercised only once and must occur prior to your Annuity Commencement Date and prior to the later of your tenth Contract Anniversary and the Contract Anniversary following your 70th birthday. If you choose to use any portion of your Stored Income Balance to increase your Income Benefit Base:

● your Stored Income Balance will be decreased by the amount used;

● the amount of Stored Income Balance used will be added to your Income Benefit Base; and

● your Annual Income Amount will be reset on your next Contract Anniversary to equal 5% of the then Income Benefit Base.

After you exercise this "one-time" option, your new Annual Income Amount will be added to your Stored Income Balance on each Contract Anniversary, unless and until there is another occurrence (as noted in this section) that changes your Annual Income Amount.

Here is an example of how the Income ON Demand Benefit works.

Assume that you are age 60 when your Contract is issued with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. Assume you elected to participate in the Income ON Demand Benefit. Your Income Benefit Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment on your Issue Date. Your Annual Income Amount is $5,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore, $5,000 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Withdrawals Taken)
1	$5,000	®	$5,000
2	$5,000	®	$10,000
3	$5,000	®	$15,000
4	$5,000	®	$20,000
5	$5,000	®	$25,000
6	$5,000	®	$30,000
7	$5,000	®	$35,000
8	$5,000	®	$40,000
9	$5,000	®	$45,000
10	$5,000	®	$50,000

Assume that, immediately prior to your tenth Contract Anniversary, you decide to use the full amount of your Stored Income Balance ($50,000) to increase your Income Benefit Base. Your Income Benefit Base will be increased to $150,000. Your Annual Income Amount will be $7,500 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore $7,500 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Withdrawals Taken)
11	$7,500	®	$7,500
12	$7,500	®	$15,000
13	$7,500	®	$22,500
14	$7,500	®	$30,000
15	$7,500	®	$37,500

Assume instead that you decide to take a lump sum withdrawal of $50,000, thus depleting your Stored Income Balance. Your Income Benefit Base will remain at $100,000. Your Annual Income Amount remains at $5,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore $5,000 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Additional Withdrawals)
11	$5,000	®	$5,000
12	$5,000	®	$10,000
13	$5,000	®	$15,000
14	$5,000	®	$20,000
15	$5,000	®	$25,000

Withdrawals Under the Income ON Demand Benefit

     Withdrawals After Age 59½

Starting at age 59½, you may take annual withdrawals up to your Stored Income Balance without affecting your Income ON Demand Benefit. These withdrawals will reduce your Stored Income Balance dollar for dollar, but will not change your Income Benefit Base. Withdrawals taken after you reach age 59½ are subject to withdrawal charges only to the extent they are in excess of the greatest of:

● the free withdrawal amount permitted under your Contract,

● your Stored Income Balance, or

● your yearly Required Minimum Distribution Amount (subject to conditions discussed under "Tax Issues Under the Income ON Demand Benefit").

Here is an example of a partial withdrawal that does not exceed your Stored Income Balance.

Using the facts of the first example, assume that, immediately prior to your tenth Contract Anniversary, you decide to take a lump sum withdrawal of $30,000 from the $50,000 in your Stored Income Balance, thus reducing your Stored Income Balance to $20,000. Your Income Benefit Base will remain at $100,000. Your Annual Income Amount will remain at $5,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore $5,000 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Additional Withdrawals)
11	$5,000	®	$25,000
12	$5,000	®	$30,000
13	$5,000	®	$35,000
14	$5,000	®	$40,000
15	$5,000	®	$45,000

     Excess Withdrawals

If you take a withdrawal that exceeds your Stored Income Balance (or your Required Minimum Distribution Amount, if higher), your Income Benefit Base will be reset to equal the lesser of:

● the Income Benefit Base prior to the withdrawal reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the withdrawal in excess of the Stored Income Balance (or your yearly Required Minimum Distribution Amount, if higher), and

● the Account Value after the withdrawal.

Your Annual Income Amount will be recalculated based on the reduced Income Benefit Base. Here is an example of a withdrawal that exceeds your Stored Income Balance, thus reducing future Annual Income Amounts even if the market has performed well.

Using the facts of the first example, assume that, immediately prior to your tenth Contract Anniversary, you decide to take a lump sum payment of $60,000 thus exceeding your Stored Income Balance of $50,000. Assume also that your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is $120,000. Your Income Benefit Base will be reset to the lesser of (a) your old Income Benefit Base reduced by the excess of your withdrawal over the Stored Income Balance [$100,000 – ($60,000 - $50,000) = $90,000)] or (b) your new Account Value after the withdrawal ($120,000 - $60,000 = $60,000) or $60,000. Your new Annual Income Amount will be $3,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore $3,000 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Additional Withdrawals)
11	$3,000	®	$3,000
12	$3,000	®	$6,000
13	$3,000	®	$9,000
14	$3,000	®	$12,000
15	$3,000	®	$15,000

Excess withdrawals taken in a down market could even more severely reduce your Income ON Demand Benefit. Here is an example of an excess withdrawal taken after the investment performance of the underlying funds has reduced your Account Value:

Using the facts of the preceding example, assume that your Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is $80,000. Your Income Benefit Base will be reset to equal the lesser of (a) your previous Income Benefit Base reduced by the excess of your withdrawal over the Stored Income Balance [$100,000 – ($60,000 - $50,000) = $90,000)] and (b) your Account Value immediately after the withdrawal ($80,000 - $60,000 = $20,000) or $20,000. Your new Annual Income Amount will be $1,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base). Therefore, only $1,000 will be added each year to your Stored Income Balance.
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Additional Withdrawals)
11	$1,000	®	$2,000
12	$1,000	®	$3,000
13	$1,000	®	$4,000
14	$1,000	®	$5,000
15	$1,000	®	$6,000

     Withdrawals Prior to Age 59½ (Early Withdrawals)

All withdrawals taken before age 59½, including any "free withdrawal amounts," will be treated as excess withdrawals and the Income Benefit Base will be reset to equal the lesser of:

● the Income Benefit Base prior to the withdrawal reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the withdrawal, and

● the Account Value after the withdrawal.

In addition, withdrawals prior to age 59½ will also be subject to withdrawal charges, to the extent such withdrawals are in excess of the "free withdrawal amount" permitted under your Contract. Early withdrawals could severely reduce (or even exhaust) your Income ON Demand Benefit. Here is an example of an early withdrawal taken after the investment performance of the underlying funds has reduced your Account Value.

Assume that you are age 54 when your Contract is issued with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 and that you elected to participate in the Income ON Demand Benefit. Your Income Benefit Base is set equal to your initial Purchase Payment on your Issue Date ($100,000), but benefits under the Income ON Demand Benefit do not begin to accrue until the first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday (your Income ON Demand Coverage Date). Assume also that poor investment performance of your underlying funds has reduced your Account Value to $85,000 by the end of your second Contract Year. At that time, you decide to withdraw $5,000, further reducing your Account Value to $80,000. Your Income Benefit Base will be reset to $80,000 which is the lesser of (1) your previous Income Benefit Base reduced by the full amount of the early withdrawal ($100,000 - $5,000 = $95,000) and (2) your Account Value immediately after the withdrawal ($85,000 - $5,000 = $80,000). Assuming you take no additional withdrawals prior to your Income ON Demand Coverage Date, your Annual Income Amount will be $4,000 (5% of your Income Benefit Base.)
Year	Annual Income Amount		Stored Income Balance
	(Amount Added to Stored Income Balance)		(Cumulative Balance if No Withdrawals Taken)
1	$0	®	$0
2	$0	®	$0
3	$0	®	$0
4	$0	®	$0
5	$0	®	$0
6	$4,000	®	$4,000
7	$4,000	®	$8,000
8	$4,000	®	$12,000
9	$4,000	®	$16,000
10	$4,000	®	$20,000

In addition to reducing your Income ON Demand Benefit, any withdrawal before age 59½ could have adverse tax consequences. You should consult a qualified tax professional for more information.

     Depleting Your Account Value

If your Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of an "excess withdrawal" or an "early withdrawal" (as described above), your Stored Income Balance and your Income Benefit Base will both be reduced to zero. Therefore, your Contract, as well as your Income ON Demand Benefit, will end.

If, on the other hand, your Account Value is reduced to zero through any combination of poor investment performance of the underlying funds, Contract charges, and withdrawals other than excess or early withdrawals, your Income Benefit Base will not be reduced. Your Contract will therefore end, but the Income ON Demand Benefit will continue.  That is to say, regardless of your age on the day the Account Value is reduced to zero, you will be entitled to receive annual payments. These payments will be equal to 5% of the amount of your Income Benefit Base, as determined on the day your Account Value is reduced to zero and increased (if you choose) by any remaining Stored Income Balance as described below. These payments will begin on the first Contract Anniversary after you reach age 59½ and continue for as long as you live. If you have any remaining Stored Income Balance on the day your Account Value is reduced to zero, you will be notified that, before you begin to receive your "annual lifetime payments," you must deplete your Stored Income Balance by:

(a)	taking a lump sum withdrawal of your remaining Stored Income Balance,
(b)	using the remaining amount of your Stored Income Balance to increase your Income Benefit Base (and thus the amount of your "annual lifetime payments"), if you have not already exercised this one-time option as described under "How the Income ON Demand Benefit Works," or
(c)	using a combination of (a) and (b).

Because the Contract has ended, a lump sum withdrawal will not be subject to any withdrawal charges. You should be aware, however, that a lump sum withdrawal could be subject to certain tax consequences. You should consult a qualified tax professional for more information.

Cost of the Income ON Demand Benefit

If you elect the Income ON Demand Benefit Rider, we will deduct a quarterly fee from your Account Value ("Income ON Demand Fee"). The Income ON Demand Fee will be taken as a specific deduction from your Account Value on the last valuation day of each Account Quarter. The Fee will be a percentage of your Income Benefit Base. This percentage rate will equal 0.1625% of your Income Benefit Base on the last day of the Account Quarter. The maximum Income ON Demand Fee you can pay in any one Contract Year is equal to 0.65% of the highest Income ON Demand Benefit Base at any point in that Contract Year.

Your Income ON Demand Fee will not change during a Contract Year, unless you take one of three specific actions:

l	If you make an additional Purchase Payment during your first Contract Year, you will increase your Income Benefit Base and thus your Income ON Demand Fee.
l	If you take advantage of the one-time option to use all or a portion of your Stored Income Balance to increase your Income Benefit Base and thus your Income ON Demand Fee.
l	If you make a withdrawal prior to age 59½ or a withdrawal in excess of your Stored Income Balance, you will decrease your Income Benefit Base and thus your Income ON Demand Fee.

The investment performance of the underlying funds will not affect your Income ON Demand Fee during a Contract Year. However, as stated under "Step-Up Under the Income ON Demand Benefit," favorable investment performance may cause the Income Benefit Base to increase on a Contract Anniversary. That would also increase your Income ON Demand Fee.

We will continue to deduct the Income ON Demand Fee until you annuitize your Contract, your Account Value reduces to zero, or your Income ON Demand Benefit is cancelled as described under "Cancellation of the Income ON Demand Benefit".

Tenth-Year Credit

If you make no withdrawals during your first ten Contract Years, on your tenth Contract Anniversary, we will credit your Account Value with an amount equal to the excess, if any, of your total Purchase Payments over your then Account Value. Your Income Benefit Base will not change. This tenth-year credit will be allocated on a pro rata basis to all Designated Funds in which you are invested at the time.

Step-Up Under the Income ON Demand Benefit

Regardless of your age on the Issue Date, on each Contract Anniversary prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you have the opportunity to step-up your Income Benefit Base, provided that you satisfy certain requirements. First, you must meet eligibility requirements:

l	Your Account Value less your Stored Income Balance must equal no more than $5,000,000. (For purposes of determining the $5,000,000 limit, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to aggregate your Account Value with the account values of all other variable annuity contracts you own issued by Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) or its affiliates.)
l	Your Account Value less your Stored Income Balance must be greater than your current Income Benefit Base. (If you have not yet reached your Income ON Demand Coverage Date and therefore do not yet have a Stored Income Balance, your Account Value must only be greater than your current Income Benefit Base.)

If you satisfy the eligibility requirements, we then consider whether market conditions have caused us to increase the percentage rate used to calculate the Income ON Demand Fee on newly issued Contracts. If we are no longer issuing Contracts with the Income ON Demand rider then the percentage rate we use to calculate your Income ON Demand Fee will be set based upon current market conditions at that time.

l	If we have not had to increase the percentage rate as described above, the percentage rate we use to calculate your Income ON Demand Fee will remain unchanged and we will automatically step-up your Income Benefit Base.
l	If we have had to increase the percentage rate as described above, we offer you the opportunity to step-up at the higher percentage rate. In this case, your written consent is required to accept the higher percentage rate used to calculate your Income ON Demand Fee and step-up your Income ON Demand Benefit.

If you are 59½ or older at the time of step-up, the step-up will increase your Income Benefit Base to an amount equal to your Account Value less your Stored Income Balance. If you are younger than 59½ at the time of step-up, the step-up will increase your Income Benefit Base to an amount equal to your Account Value. After the step-up, your Annual Income Amount will be 5% of your new Income Benefit Base.

Designated Funds

To participate in the Income ON Demand Benefit, all of your Account Value must be invested in one or more of the "Designated Funds" during the entire term of the Income ON Demand Benefit. (The term of the Income ON Demand Benefit is for life, unless your Income Benefit Base is reduced to zero or your Income ON Demand Benefit is terminated or cancelled as described under "Cancellation of the Income ON Demand Benefit," "Depleting Your Account Value," and "Annuitization Under the Income ON Demand Benefit.") The only Funds, dollar-cost averaging program options, and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds" are as follows:

Asset Allocation Models	Funds
Conservative Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Conservative Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Aggressive Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2
Sun Capital Balanced Return Model	MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class
Build Your Portfolio	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares
Dollar-Cost Averaging Program Options
6-Month DCA Guarantee Option
12-Month DCA Guarantee Option

One of the asset allocation models that qualifies as a Designated Fund is the portfolio model that applies to our "build your portfolio" program. That portfolio model and the "build your portfolio" program are described in "BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO" and in "APPENDIX H -- BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO."

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to change the available Designated Funds on new and existing Contracts without prior notice. Any time there is a change in the Designated Funds, your Account Value will remain in the previously available Designated Funds. However, any future transfers or Purchase Payments you make may only be allocated to the Designated Funds then available.

Cancellation of the Income ON Demand Benefit

Should you decide that the Income ON Demand Benefit is no longer appropriate for you, you may cancel the Income ON Demand Benefit at any time. Upon cancellation, all benefits and charges under the Income ON Demand Rider shall cease. Once cancelled, the Rider cannot be reinstated.

Although transfers among the Designated Funds are permitted as described under "Transfer Privilege," the Income ON Demand Rider will be cancelled automatically:

● if any Purchase Payment is allocated to an investment option other than a Designated Fund; or

● if any portion of Account Value maintained in a Designated Fund is transferred into an investment option other than a Designated Fund.

A change of ownership of the Contract will also cancel the Benefit.

Your Death Under the Income ON Demand Benefit

The Rider terminates on the death of any Owner and the Beneficiary may elect to exercise any of the available options under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract. Alternately, the Beneficiary may elect to receive the Stored Income Balance. If your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract, your spouse has the additional option of electing to participate in a new Income ON Demand Benefit Rider on the original Contract (assuming that, at the time of such election, the Income ON Demand Benefit is available to new Owners and your surviving spouse meets certain eligibility requirements). If the surviving spouse makes such election:

● the new Account Value will be the greater of the Stored Income Balance on the original Contract or the Death Benefit;

● the new Income ON Demand Fee will be set by us based on market conditions at the time and may be higher than the current Income ON Demand Fee;

● the new Income Benefit Base will be equal to the Account Value after any Death Benefit has been credited; and

● the new Stored Income Balance will be reset to zero.

Annuitization Under the Income ON Demand Benefit

Under the terms of the Income ON Demand Benefit, if your Account Value is greater than zero on your maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you may elect to:

(1)	surrender your Contract and receive your Cash Surrender Value,
(2)	annuitize your Account Value under one of the then currently available Annuity Options, or
(3)	(a) receive any remaining Stored Income Balance in a single sum and (b) annuitize your remaining Account Value as a single-life annuity with an annualized annuity payment of not less than 5% of your then current Income Benefit Base.

If you make no election, we will default your choice to option 3.

If your Account Value has been reduced to zero (other than as a result of an "early withdrawal" or an "excess withdrawal"), and your Income Benefit Base is greater than zero on or before your maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you will receive your full Annual Income Amount until you die. For a more complete discussion of this, see "Depleting Your Account Value."

Certain Tax Considerations

Certain tax considerations may be important to you in connection with a living benefit rider, such as Income ON Demand. For a discussion of some of these considerations, please refer to "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" and "TAX CONSIDERATIONS - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders."

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDER: RETIREMENT ASSET PROTECTORSM

On or before the Issue Date, you may elect to participate in an optional living benefit rider known as the Retirement Asset Protector Rider. To describe how the Retirement Asset Protector Rider works, we use the following definitions:

Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base:	An amount equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments made during the first year following your Issue Date, decreased by any partial withdrawals taken and increased by any step-ups as described under "Step-Up Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider."
GMAB Maturity Date:	The date when the Retirement Asset Protector Rider matures. If you are younger than 80 on the Issue Date, your GMAB Maturity Date is the later of your 10th Contract Anniversary or 10 years from the date of your most recent step-up. (See "Step-Up Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider.") If you are 80 on the Issue Date, your GMAB Maturity Date is your maximum Annuity Commencement Date.
You and Your:	Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, the terms "you" and "your" refer to the oldest Owner or the surviving spouse of the oldest Owner as described under "Your Death Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider." In the case of a non-natural Owner, these terms refer to the oldest annuitant.

The Retirement Asset Protector Rider is designed for long-term investors. It provides them with the security of knowing that their investments will be protected during down markets or, if that guarantee is not needed, that their Retirement Asset Protector Fees will be refunded. The Retirement Asset Protector Rider guarantees a return of the greater of:

l	the excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value or
l	your total fees paid for the Retirement Asset Protector Rider ("Retirement Asset Protector Fees"),

regardless of the investment performance of the Funds, provided that you have reached the GMAB Maturity Date.

The Retirement Asset Protector Rider may be appropriate for investors who:
●	want to protect their principal and who can afford to wait at least 10 years before withdrawing from their investment.
●	want a refund of their fees if the guarantee is not needed.
The Retirement Asset Protector Rider may be inappropriate for investors who:
●	want lifetime income guarantees.
●	want the flexibility to invest in funds other than the "Designated Funds."
●	are invested in contributory plans, because the Retirement Asset Protector Benefit prohibits any Purchase Payments after the first Contract Anniversary.

You may elect to participate in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, if:

l	the rider is available for sale both in the state where the Contract is sold, and in the state where the Owner resides;
l	neither the oldest Owner nor the oldest Annuitant has attained age 81 on or before the date we receive your application in good order (in the case of a non-natural Owner, the oldest Annuitant has not reached age 81 on or before that date);
l	you limit the allocation of your Purchase Payments and Account Value to the investment options, known as "Designated Funds," that we make available with the Retirement Asset Protector Rider; and
l	you do not elect any other optional living benefit rider available under your Contract.

If you are participating in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, you may not make Purchase Payments after the first year following your Issue Date.

Cost of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

If you elect the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, we will deduct a quarterly fee from your Account Value ("Retirement Asset Protector Fee"). The Retirement Asset Protector Fee will be taken as a specific deduction from your Account Value on the last valuation day of each Account Quarter. The Fee will be a percentage of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base. This percentage rate will equal 0.0875% of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base on the last day of the Account Quarter. The maximum Retirement Asset Protector Fee you can pay in any one Contract Year is equal to 0.35% of the highest Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base at any point in that Contract Year.

Your Retirement Asset Protector Fee will not change, unless you take one of these specific actions:

l	If you made an additional Purchase Payment during your first Contract Year, you will increase your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base and thus your Retirement Asset Protector Fee.
l	If you make a partial withdrawal, you will decrease your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base and thus your Retirement Asset Protector Fee.
l	If you elect a "step-up" of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base, your Retirement Asset Protector Fee will increase.

The investment performance of the underlying funds will not affect your Retirement Asset Protector Fee unless you elect a step-up of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base.

We will continue to deduct the Retirement Asset Protector Fee until:

l	you annuitize your Contract;
l	the Retirement Asset Protector Rider matures on the GMAB Maturity Date;
l	your Retirement Asset Protector Rider is cancelled as described under "Cancellation of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider;" or
l	your Account Value is reduced to zero.

How the Retirement Asset Protector Rider Works

On the GMAB Maturity Date, we will credit your Account Value with an amount equal to the greater of (a) any excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value after adjusting for any Contract charges and (b) the total amount of Retirement Asset Protector Fees paid between the Issue Date and the GMAB Maturity Date. To determine the value of (b), we multiply

l	the sum of the value of the Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base on the last day of each Account Quarter since the Issue Date times
l	one quarter of the annual Retirement Asset Protector Fee (0.35% ÷ 4).

The greater of the two amounts will be allocated on a pro rata basis to all Designated Funds in which you are invested at that time. Here is an example of how we calculate benefits under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider:

l	Assume that you purchased a Contract on January 2, 2007 with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 and you selected the Retirement Asset Protector Rider. Your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base equals your Purchase Payment amount of $100,000.
l	Assume you make an additional Purchase Payment of $50,000 on February 2, 2007, thus increasing your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base to $150,000.
l	Assume you make no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments prior to the GMAB Maturity Date on January 2, 2017.
l	Assume that, because of poor investment performance, your Account Value on January 2, 2017 is $140,000. The excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value is $10,000 ($150,000 - $140,000). The total amount of Retirement Asset Protector Fees paid is equal to the sum of the value of the Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Bases on the last day of each Account Quarter since the Inception Date ($150,000 x 40) times one quarter of the annual Retirement Asset Protector Fee (0.35% ÷ 4). In this case, the total amount of rider fees paid is $5,250. Therefore, we will credit $10,000 to your Account Value.
l	Assume instead that, because of better investment performance, your Account Value on January 2, 2017, is $155,000. Because your Account Value is greater than your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base, your Account Value will be credited with the total amount of Retirement Asset Protector Fees paid. In this case, the amount will be $5,250.

Withdrawals Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

All withdrawals you take, including any free withdrawal amounts or Required Minimum Distribution Amounts, will reduce the dollar value of the Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base proportionally to the amount withdrawn. For example, after a partial withdrawal, the new Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base will equal:

Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base immediately before partial withdrawal X Account Value immediately after partial withdrawal Account Value immediately before partial withdrawal

Taking withdrawals may reduce the value of your Retirement Asset Protector Rider by an amount greater than the amount of the withdrawal. Here is an example of how we handle withdrawals under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider:

l	Assume that you purchased a Contract on January 2, 2007 with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 and you selected the Retirement Asset Protector Rider. Your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base equals your Purchase Payment amount of $100,000.
l	Assume that, on March 10, 2009, your Account Value is $80,000. Assume further that you take a withdrawal of $10,000 on that date, thus reducing your Account Value to $70,000. Your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base is reduced proportionally to the amount withdrawn. Therefore your new Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base is $100,000 x ($70,000 ÷ $80,000), or $87,500.
l	Assume you make no additional withdrawals prior to the GMAB Maturity Date on January 2, 2017.
l	Assume that, because of investment performance, your Account Value on January 2, 2017 is $80,000. The excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value is $7,500 ($87,500 - $80,000). The total amount of Retirement Asset Protector Fees paid is equal to the sum of the value of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Bases on the last day of each Account Quarter since the Issue Date [($100,000 x 8) + ($87,500 x 32)] times one quarter of your annual Retirement Asset Protector Fee (0.35% ÷ 4). In this case, the total amount of rider fees paid is $3,150. Therefore, we will credit $7,500 to your Account Value.

Step-Up Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

On or after your first Contract Anniversary, you may electto increase your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base to your then current Account Value. The step-up election may be made on anyday on or after your first Contract Anniversary. (We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to require step-up elections to occur only on Account Anniversaries.)

If you are participating in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, on the day we receive your step-up election notice in good order (the "Step-Up Date"), we will increase your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base to an amount equal to your Account Value if eligible. If you elect to step-up, at least 1 full year from the Step-Up Date must pass before you can elect another step-up. You can only elect to step-up if:

l	your current Account Value is greater than the current Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base, and
l	your Account Value is $5,000,000 or less on your Step-Up Date.

For purposes of determining the $5,000,000 limit, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to aggregate your Account Value with the account values of all other variable annuity contracts you own that have been issued by Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) or its affiliates.

Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, your Step-Up Date must be at least 10 years prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. If you have selected an Annuity Commencement Date that is prior to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date but is less than 10 years after your Step-Up Date, then we will automatically extend your Annuity Commencement Date to equal your GMAB Maturity Date.

Without a step-up, your benefit under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider will "mature" on your 10th Contract Anniversary. If you elect to step-up your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base, your benefit under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider will mature 10 years from the most recent Step-Up Date. In either case, on the day your Retirement Asset Protector Rider matures (the "GMAB Maturity Date"), we will credit the greater of:

l	any excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value, or
l	the total amount of fees you paid for the Retirement Asset Protector Rider.

l	Assume that you purchased a Contract on January 2, 2007 with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 and you selected the Retirement Asset Protector Rider. Assume further that your Retirement Asset Protector Fees remain constant until the GMAB Maturity Date. Your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base equals your Purchase Payment amount of $100,000.
l	Assume that, on January 2, 2008, your Account Value is $118,000. Because your Account Value is greater than your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base, you elect to step-up to a new ten-year period with a new Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base of $118,000. Your new GMAB Maturity Date will be January 2, 2018.
l	Assume you make no withdrawals prior to the GMAB Maturity Date on January 2, 2018.
l	Assume that your Account Value on January 2, 2018 is $112,000. The excess of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base over your Account Value is $6,000 ($118,000 - $112,000). The total amount of Retirement Asset Protector Fees paid is equal to the sum of the value of your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Bases on the last day of each Account Quarter since the Issue Date [($100,000 x 4) + ($118,000 x 40)] times one quarter of your annual Retirement Asset Protector Fee (0.35% ÷ 4). In this case, the total amount of rider fees paid is $4,480. Therefore, we will credit $6,000 to your Account Value.

We reserve the right to discontinue offering the step-up provision of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider if we determine that, based upon market conditions at the time of the step-up, we can no longer offer the Retirement Asset Protector Rider to new Contracts at the current percentage rate used to calculate the Retirement Asset Protector Fee as set forth under "Cost of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider." In that case, we will send notification that the step-up provision under your Contract has been discontinued unless you elect to begin a new step-up provision at the higher percentage rate. Your written consent is required to accept the higher percentage rate and continue to step-up.

Renewal of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

If you elect to participate in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider and you remain in the Rider until it matures, you may elect to renew your participation in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, provided that we are still offering the Retirement Asset Protector Rider to new Owners. Upon renewal, the annual charge for participation in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider will be extended under the terms and conditions applicable to new Owners at that time. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to stop offering the Retirement Asset Protector Rider to new Owners, in which case renewals will no longer be available.

Designated Funds

To participate in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, all of your Account Value must be invested in one or more of the "Designated Funds" during the entire term of the GMAB Maturity Date. Your application package contains a list of the only Funds, Guarantee Period dollar cost averaging programs, and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds." The only Funds, dollar-cost averaging program options, and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds" are as follows:

Asset Allocation Models	Funds
Conservative Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Conservative Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Aggressive Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2
Sun Capital Balanced Return Model	MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class
Build Your Portfolio	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares
Dollar-Cost Averaging Program Options
6-Month DCA Guarantee Option
12-Month DCA Guarantee Option

One of the asset allocation models that qualifies as a Designated Fund is the portfolio model that applies to our "build your portfolio" program. That portfolio model and the "build your portfolio" program are described in "BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO" and in "APPENDIX H -- BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO."

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to change the available Designated Funds on new and existing Contracts without prior notice. Any time there is a change in the Designated Funds, your Account Value will remain in the previously available Designated Funds. However, any future transfers or Purchase Payments you make may only be allocated to the Designated Funds then available.

Cancellation of the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

You may cancel the Retirement Asset Protector Rider at any time. Upon cancellation, all benefits and charges under the Rider shall cease.  Once cancelled, the Rider cannot be reinstated.

Although transfers among the Designated Funds are permitted as described under "Transfer Privilege," the Retirement Asset Protector Rider will be cancelled automatically:

● if any Purchase Payment is allocated to an investment option other than a Designated Fund; or

● if any portion of Account Value maintained in a Designated Fund is transferred into any investment option other than a Designated Fund.

A change of ownership of the Contract will also cancel the Benefit.

Your Death Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

If the Owner dies while participating in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, all benefits and charges under the Rider will automatically terminate when we receive Due Proof of Death, unless the surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract. The surviving spouse has two options under the Contract (assuming at the time of such election that the rider is available to new Owners and your surviving spouse meets certain eligibility requirements).

(1)

The spouse can automatically continue in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit. (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT.")  The GMAB Maturity Date does not change.

(2)

The surviving spouse can elect to participate in a new Retirement Asset Protector Rider on the original Contract.  The Retirement Asset Protector Fee may be higher than your current fee. The Retirement Asset Protector Fee will be set by us based upon market conditions at the time of election. The Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base will be equal to the Account Value after the death benefit has been credited. The new GMAB Maturity Date will be 10 years after the Retirement Asset Protector Rider has been re-elected.

Certain Tax Considerations

Certain tax considerations may be important to you in connection with a living benefit rider, such as Retirement Asset Protector. For a discussion of some of these considerations, please refer to "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" and "TAX CONSIDERATIONS - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders."

BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO

Among the choices of "Designated Funds" is a selection of funds ("portfolio model") that you design yourself using certain broad guidelines that we provide. To "build your portfolio," you pick funds from each of five asset classes: cash and short-term bond funds; intermediate and long-term bond funds; core equity funds; growth equity funds; and specialty funds. Altogether you must choose at least three funds but no more than 18 funds for your portfolio model. The amount you may invest in each asset class is determined by a percentage range that we provide for each asset class. The sum of the percentages you invest in the five asset classes altogether must total 100%. A chart showing the Funds available in each asset class and the percentage range assigned to each asset class is included in Appendix H.

You may transfer funds within the asset classes as long as your allocations remain within the percentage ranges we have established, and you adhere to the transfer provisions of your Contract. (See "Transfer Privilege," Short-Term Trading," and "The Funds' Harmful Trading Policies.") Withdrawals out of your portfolio model will be taken pro-rata from each of your selected Funds. Any additional Purchase Payments will be allocated proportionally to your current Fund selection. At any time you can change your Fund selection by providing new allocation instructions. (Under the terms of the living benefit riders, however, there are certain limits on the times when you can make additional Purchase Payments.) Your new instructions will change your existing allocations accordingly. Your portfolio will be rebalanced quarterly to maintain your percentage allocations in line with the performance of the Funds over the prior quarter.

If at any time, a fund is closed to new business, no new payments or transfers into the fund will be permitted. However, portfolio rebalancing of the fund will continue. To make a payment into your portfolio model after a fund within the model has been closed, you must redesign your portfolio model without the closed fund. Your entire Account Value will then be reallocated to your new portfolio model.

TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS

If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, it is possible that the election of an optional living benefit rider might increase the taxable portion of any withdrawal you make from the Contract.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, the retirement plan governing that Qualified Contract may be subject to certain Required Minimum Distribution ("RMD") provisions imposed by the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and IRS regulations (collectively, the "Federal Tax Laws"). These RMD provisions require that a yearly amount be distributed from the retirement plan beginning generally in the calendar year in which you attain age 70½. Your failure to withdraw your yearly RMD amount from your retirement plan could result in adverse tax treatment. Because for certain retirement plans we do not know what assets are held by the plan, we assume for all plans that the Qualified Contract is the only asset and we determine a yearly RMD amount for only this Contract ("Yearly RMD Amount").

Please refer to "Tax Considerations - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders" for more information regarding these and other tax issues that you should consider before electing to participate in an optional living benefit rider.

Tax Issues Under the Secured Returns for Life Plus Benefit

When you elect to participate in the WB Plan, we will inform you that you may withdraw annual amounts up to your Yearly RMD Amount without reducing your guaranteed withdrawal benefit. To assist you in complying with the RMD requirements, each year, we will notify you in early January of your calculated Yearly RMD Amount and inform you that you may withdraw annual amounts up to your Yearly RMD Amount without reducing your guaranteed withdrawal benefit.

In the event that your Yearly RMD Amount attributable to your Contract is greater than the maximum withdrawal amount permitted each year under the WB Plan, we are currently waiving withdrawal provisions under Secured Returns for Life Plus as follows. If you withdraw all or a portion of your Qualified Contract's Yearly RMD Amount from the Contract while participating in the WB Plan, we reduce your Account Value and your RGLB amount, dollar for dollar, by the amount of the withdrawal. We will not, however, penalize you if the current Federal Tax Laws require you to withdraw from your Contract an amount greater than either your Maximum WB Amount, or your Maximum WB for Life Amount. In other words, we will not reduce your GLB Base, Lifetime Income Base, or Bonus Base, if a Yearly RMD Amount exceeds either your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount, provided that:

l	you withdraw your Qualified Contract's first Yearly RMD Amount in the calendar year you attain age 70½ rather than postponing the withdrawal of that Amount until the first quarter of the next calendar year, and
l	you do not make any withdrawal from your Qualified Contract that would result in you receiving, in any Contract Year, more than one calendar year's Yearly RMD Amount.

If there is any change to the current Code or IRS rules governing the timing or determination of RMD amounts (including, but not limited to, amendments to the current IRS regulations or the issuance of IRS guidance), then we reserve the right to reduce GLB Base, Lifetime Income Base, Bonus Base, or all of these amounts, per the terms of the rider regarding excess withdrawals, when a Yearly RMD Amount withdrawn from your Contract exceeds either your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount.

If you withdraw all or a portion of your Qualified Contract's Yearly RMD Amount from the Contract while participating in the AB Plan, we reduce your Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal and your GLB amount, Bonus Base and any accrued bonus amounts proportionally (see "Withdrawals Under the Optional Living Benefit Rider").

Tax Issues Under the Income ON Demand Benefit

When you elect to participate in the Income ON Demand Benefit, you may withdraw annual amounts up to the Yearly RMD Amount without affecting your Income ON Demand Benefit, subject to the conditions stated below. In the event that your Yearly RMD Amount attributable to your Contract is greater than your Stored Income Balance, we are currently waiving the withdrawal provisions under the Income ON Demand Benefit as follows. If you withdraw all or a portion of your Qualified Contract's Yearly RMD Amount from the Contract while participating in the Income ON Demand Benefit, we reduce your Account Value and your Stored Income Balance, dollar for dollar, by the amount of the withdrawal to a value not less than zero. We will not, however, penalize you if the current Federal Tax Laws require you to withdraw from your Contract an amount greater than your Stored Income Balance. In other words, if a Yearly RMD Amount exceeds your Stored Income Balance, we will reduce your Stored Income Balance, but we will not reduce your Income Benefit Base, provided that:

● you withdraw your Qualified Contract's first Yearly RMD Amount in the calendar year you attain age 70½ rather than postponing the withdrawal of that Amount until the first quarter of the next calendar year, and

● you do not make any withdrawal from your Qualified Contract that would result in you receiving, in any Contract Year, more than one calendar year's Yearly RMD Amount.

If there is any change to the current Code or IRS rules governing the timing or determination of RMD Amounts (including, but not limited to, amendments to the current IRS regulations or the issuance of IRS guidance), we reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to reduce your Stored Income Balance and your Income Benefit Base, or both of these amounts, per the terms of the Income ON Demand Rider regarding excess withdrawals (see "Withdrawals Under the Income ON Demand Benefit"), when a Yearly RMD Amount withdrawn from your Contract exceeds your Stored Income Balance.

Tax Issues Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider

If you withdraw all or a portion of your retirement plan's yearly RMD amount from the your Qualified Contract while participating in the Retirement Asset Protector Rider, we reduce your Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal and your Retirement Asset Protector Benefit Base proportionally (see "Withdrawals Under the Retirement Asset Protector Rider").

DEATH BENEFIT

If the Owner dies during the Accumulation Phase, we may pay a death benefit to the designated Beneficiary(ies), using the payment method elected (a single cash payment or one of our Annuity Options). If the Beneficiary is not living on the date of death of the Owner, we may pay the death benefit to the surviving Owner, if any, or, if there is no Owner, in one sum to your estate. We do not pay a death benefit if the Owner dies during the Income Phase. However, the Beneficiary will receive any annuity payments provided under an Annuity Option that is in effect. If the Contract names more than one Owner, we will pay the death benefit upon the first death of such Owner.

Amount of Death Benefit

To calculate the amount of the death benefit, we use a "Death Benefit Date." The Death Benefit Date is the date we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner in an acceptable form, if you have elected a death benefit payment method before the death of the Owner and it remains in effect. Otherwise, the Death Benefit Date is the later of the date we receive Due Proof of Death or the date we receive the Beneficiary's election of either payment method or, if the Beneficiary is your spouse, Contract continuation. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, we reserve the right to provide a lump sum to your Beneficiary.

The amount of the death benefit is determined as of the Death Benefit Date.

The Basic Death Benefit

In general the death benefit will be the greater of the following amounts:

(1)	your Account Value for the Valuation Period during which the Death Benefit Date occurs;
(2)	the amount we would pay if you had surrendered your entire Account on the Death Benefit Date; and
(3)	your total Adjusted Purchase Payments (Purchase Payments x (Account Value after withdrawal divided by Account Value before withdrawal) as of the Death Benefit Date. See "Calculating the Death Benefit." Because of the way that Adjusted Purchase Payments are computed, a withdrawal may cause the basic death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal.

For examples of how to calculate this basic death benefit, see Appendix C.

If you were 86 or older on your Open Date, the death benefit is equal to amount (2) above. Because this amount will reflect any applicable withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustment, it may be less than your Account Value.

Optional Death Benefit Rider

You may enhance the "basic death benefit" by electing an optional death benefit rider known as the Maximum Anniversary Account Value Rider ("MAV"). You must make your election on or before the Issue Date. You will pay a charge for the optional death benefit rider. (For a description of the charge, see "Charges for Optional Benefit Riders.") The rider is available only if you are younger than 80 on the Open Date. The optional death benefit election may not be changed after the Contract's Issue Date. The death benefit under the optional death benefit rider will be adjusted for all partial withdrawals as described in the Prospectus under the heading "Calculating the Death Benefit."

Under the MAV, the death benefit will be the greater of:

l	the amount payable under the basic death benefit (above), or
l	your Highest Account Value on any Contract Anniversary before Owner's 81st birthday, adjusted for any subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals made between that Contract Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date.

In determining the Highest Account Value, on the second and each subsequent Contract Anniversary, the current Account Value is compared to the previous Highest Account Value, adjusted for any Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals made during the Contract Year ending on that Contract Anniversary. If the current Account Value exceeds the adjusted Highest Account Value, the current Account Value will become the new Highest Anniversary Account Value.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, required minimum distributions under the Internal Revenue Code may affect the value of this optional Benefit to you.  Please refer to "Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders" under "TAX CONSIDERATIONS" for more information regarding tax issues that you should consider before electing this optional Benefit.

Spousal Continuance

If you are the Owner and your spouse is the sole Beneficiary, upon your death your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the Owner, rather than receive the death benefit amount. In that case, we will not pay a death benefit, but the Contract's Account Value will be equal to your Contract's death benefit amount, as defined under the "Basic Death Benefit" or any optional death benefit rider you have selected. All Contract provisions, including any optional death benefit riders you have selected (subject to the optional death benefit rider age restriction), will continue as if your surviving spouse had purchased the Contract on the Death Benefit Date with a deposit equal to the death benefit amount. For purposes of calculating death benefits and expenses from that date forward, your surviving spouse's age on the original effective date of the Contract will be used. Upon surrender or annuitization, this step-up to the surviving spouse will not be treated as premium, but will be treated as income.

Calculating the Death Benefit

In calculating the death benefit amount payable under option (3) of the "Basic Death Benefit" or under the optional death benefit rider, any partial withdrawals will reduce the death benefit amount to an amount equal to the death benefit amount immediately before the withdrawal multiplied by the ratio of the Account Value immediately after the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal. Because of the way these adjustments are computed, a withdrawal may cause the basic death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal.

If the death benefit is the amount payable under options (2) or (3) of the "Basic Death Benefit" or under the optional death benefit rider, your Account Value may be increased by the excess, if any, of that amount over option (1) of the "Basic Death Benefit." Any such increase will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts in proportion to your Account Value in those Sub-Accounts on the Death Benefit Date. Such increase will be made only if the Beneficiary elects to annuitize, elects to defer annuitization, or elects to continue the Contract. Also, any portion of this new Account Value attributed to the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account (without the application of a Market Value Adjustment). If your spouse, as the named Beneficiary, elects to continue the Contract after your death, your spouse may transfer any such Fixed Account portion back to the Fixed Account and begin a new Guarantee Period.

Method of Paying Death Benefit

The death benefit may be paid in a single cash payment or as an annuity (either fixed, variable or a combination), under one or more of our Annuity Options. We describe the Annuity Options in this Prospectus under "The Income Phase -- Annuity Provisions."

During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect the method of payment for the death benefit. These elections are made by sending us at our Annuity Service Address a completed election form, which we will provide. If no such election is in effect on the date of your death, the Beneficiary may elect either a single cash payment or an annuity. If the Beneficiary is your spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract. This election is made by sending us a letter of instruction. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected to defer receipt of payment under any death benefit option until a written election is submitted to the Company or a distribution is required by law.

If we pay the death benefit in the form of an Annuity Option, the Beneficiary becomes the Annuitant/Payee under the terms of that Annuity Option.

Non-Qualified Contracts

If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, special distribution rules apply to the payment of the death benefit. The amount of the death benefit must be distributed either (1) as a lump sum within 5 years after your death, or (2) if in the form of an annuity, over a period not greater than the life or expected life of the "designated beneficiary" within the meaning of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, with payments beginning no later than one year after your death.

The person you have named as Beneficiary under your Contract, if any, will be the "designated beneficiary." If the named Beneficiary is not living and no contingent beneficiary has been named, the surviving Owner, if any, or the estate of the deceased Owner automatically becomes the designated beneficiary.

If the designated beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse may continue the Contract in his or her own name as Owner. To make this election, your spouse must give us written notification within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death. The special distribution rules will then apply on the death of your spouse. To understand what happens when your spouse continues the Contract, see "Spousal Continuance."

During the Income Phase, if the Annuitant dies, the remaining value of the Annuity Option in place must be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution under that option.

If the Owner is not a natural person, these distribution rules apply upon the death or removal of any Annuitant.

Payments made in contravention of these special rules would adversely                                                                                                                     affect the treatment of the Contracts as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Neither you nor the Beneficiary may exercise rights that would have that effect.

Selection and Change of Beneficiary

You select your Beneficiary in your Application. You may change your Beneficiary at any time by sending us written notice on our required form, unless you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation. A new Beneficiary designation is not effective until we record the change.

Payment of Death Benefit

Payment of the death benefit in cash will be made within 7 days of the Death Benefit Date, except if we are permitted to defer payment in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If an Annuity Option is elected, the Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second calendar month following the Death Benefit Date, and your Account will remain in effect until the Annuity Commencement Date.

THE INCOME PHASE -- ANNUITY PROVISIONS

During the Income Phase, we make regular monthly annuity payments to the Annuitant.

The Income Phase of your Contract begins with the Annuity Commencement Date. On that date, we apply your Account Value, adjusted as described below, under the Annuity Option(s) you have selected, and we make the first annuity payment.

Once the Income Phase begins, no lump sum settlement option or cash withdrawals are permitted, except pursuant to Annuity Option D, Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain, as described under "Annuity Options," and you cannot change the Annuity Option selected. (Also, a Beneficiary receiving payments after the Annuitant's death under Option B, Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain, may elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in a single sum, as discussed under "Annuity Options.") You may request a full withdrawal before the Annuity Commencement Date, which will be subject to all charges applicable on withdrawals. (See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.")

Selection of Annuitant(s)

You select the Annuitant in your Application. The Annuitant is the person who receives annuity payments during the Income Phase and on whose life these payments are based. In your Contract, the Annuity Options refer to the Annuitant as the "Payee." If you name someone other than yourself as Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Phase, you become the Annuitant.

When an Annuity Option has been selected as the method of paying the death benefit, the Beneficiary is the Payee of the annuity payments.

Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date

You select the Annuity Commencement Date in your Application. The following restrictions apply to the date you may select:

l	The earliest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the second month following your Issue Date.
l	The latest possible Annuity Commencement Date ("maximum Annuity Commencement Date") is the first day of the month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday. If there is a Co-Annuitant, the Annuity Commencement Date applies to the younger of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant.
l	The Annuity Commencement Date must always be the first day of a calendar month.

You may change the Annuity Commencement Date by sending us written notice, in a form acceptable to us, with the following additional limitations:

l	We must receive your notice in good order at least 30 days before the current Annuity Commencement Date.
l	The new Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after we receive the notice.

There may be other restrictions on your selection of the Annuity Commencement Date imposed by your retirement plan or applicable law. In most situations, current law requires that for a Qualified Contract, certain minimum distributions must commence no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½ (or, for Qualified Contracts other than IRAs, no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant retires, if later than the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½).

Annuity Options

We offer the following Annuity Options for payments during the Income Phase. Each Annuity Option may be selected for a Variable Annuity, a Fixed Annuity, or a combination of both. We may also agree to other settlement options, at our discretion.

     Annuity Option A - Life Annuity

We provide monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. Annuity payments stop when the Annuitant dies. There is no provision for continuation of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option B - Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. In addition, we guarantee that the Beneficiary will receive monthly payments for the remainder of the period certain, if the Annuitant dies during that period. The election of a longer period results in smaller monthly payments. If no Beneficiary is designated, we pay the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum to the Annuitant's estate. The Beneficiary may also elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum. The discount rate for a Variable Annuity will be the assumed interest rate in effect; the discount rate for a Fixed Annuity will be based on the interest rate we used to determine the amount of each payment.

     Annuity Option C - Joint and Survivor Annuity

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and another person you designate and during the lifetime of the survivor of the two. We stop making payments when the last survivor dies. There is no provision for continuance of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option D - Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain

We make monthly payments for a specified period of time from 5 to 30 years, as you elect. The longer period you elect, the smaller your monthly payments will be. If payments under this option are paid on a variable annuity basis, the Annuitant may elect to receive, in one sum, at any time, some or all of the discounted value of the remaining payments, less any applicable withdrawal charge; the discount rate for this purpose will be the assumed interest rate in effect. If the Annuitant dies during the period selected, the remaining income payments are made as described above for payments to a Beneficiary under Annuity Option B. The election of this Annuity Option may result in the imposition of a penalty tax. The 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9-year period certain options are not available if your Contract has been issued within the past 7 years unless (a) you or your Beneficiary are selecting this Annuity Option to be used as the method of payment for the death benefit and (b) your Beneficiary's life expectancy on the date of the first payment exceeds the selected period.

Selection of Annuity Option

You select one or more of the Annuity Options, which you may change during the Accumulation Phase, as long as we receive your selection or change in writing at least 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. If we have not received your written selection on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, you will receive Annuity Option B, for a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

You may specify the proportion of your Adjusted Account Value you wish to provide a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity. Under a Variable Annuity, the dollar amount of payments will vary, while under a Fixed Annuity, the dollar amount of payments will remain the same. If you do not specify a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity, your Adjusted Account Value will be divided between Variable Annuities and Fixed Annuities in the same proportions as your Account Value was divided between the Variable and Fixed Accounts on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may allocate your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity among the Sub-Accounts, or we will use your existing allocations.

There may be additional limitations on the options you may elect under your particular retirement plan or applicable law.

Remember that the Annuity Options may not be changed once annuity payments begin.

Amount of Annuity Payments

     Adjusted Account Value

The Adjusted Account Value is the amount we apply to provide a Variable Annuity and/or a Fixed Annuity. We calculate Adjusted Account Value by taking your Account Value on the Business Day just before the Annuity Commencement Date and making the following adjustments:

l	We deduct a proportional amount of the Account Fee, based on the fraction of the current Contract Year that has elapsed.
l	If applicable, we apply the Market Value Adjustment to your Account Value in the Fixed Account, which may result in a deduction, an addition, or no change.
l	We deduct any applicable premium tax or similar tax if not previously deducted.

     Variable Annuity Payments

On the Annuity Commencement Date, we will exchange your Account's Variable Annuity Units for annuitization units which have annual insurance charges of 1.60% of your average daily net assets, regardless of your age on the Issue Date. Variable Annuity payments may vary each month. We determine the dollar amount of the first payment using the portion of your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity and the Annuity Payment Rates in your Contract, which are based on an assumed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually. See "Annuity Payment Rates."

To calculate the remaining payments, we convert the amount of the first payment into Annuity Units for each Sub-Account; we determine the number of those Annuity Units by dividing the portion of the first payment attributable to the Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period ending just before the Annuity Commencement Date. This number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account will remain constant (unless the Annuitant requests an exchange of Annuity Units). However, the dollar amount of the next Variable Annuity payment -- which is the sum of the number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account times its Annuity Unit Value for the Valuation Period ending just before the date of the payment -- will increase, decrease, or remain the same, depending on the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts selected is the same as the assumed interest rate of 3%, compounded annually, the payments will remain level. If the net investment return exceeds the assumed interest rate, payments will increase and, conversely, if it is less than the assumed interest rate, payments will decrease.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more information about calculating Variable Annuity Units and Variable Annuity payments, including examples of these calculations.

     Fixed Annuity Payments

Fixed Annuity payments are the same each month. We determine the dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity payment using the fixed portion of your Adjusted Account Value and the applicable Annuity Payment Rates. These will be either (1) the rates in your Contract, or (2) new rates we have published and are using on the Annuity Commencement Date, if they are more favorable. See "Annuity Payment Rates."

     Minimum Payments

If your Adjusted Account Value is less than $2,000, or the first annuity payment for any Annuity Option is less than $20, we will pay the Adjusted Account Value to the Annuitant in one payment.

Exchange of Variable Annuity Units

During the Income Phase, the Annuitant may exchange Annuity Units in one Sub-Account for Annuity Units in another Sub-Account, up to 12 times each Contract Year. Any such exchanges may be subject to any restrictions or other policies that the Funds have adopted to protect the Funds from short-term trading or other practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies"). The applicability of the Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies is the same during the Income Phase as during the Accumulation Phase, and this is discussed in this prospectus under "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies." For the reasons discussed there, you should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

To make an exchange, the Annuitant sends us, at our Annuity Service Address, a written request stating the number of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account he or she wishes to exchange and the new Sub-Account for which Annuity Units are requested. The number of new Annuity Units will be calculated so the dollar amount of an annuity payment on the date of the exchange would not be affected. To calculate this number, we use Annuity Unit values for the Valuation Period during which we receive the exchange request.

Before exchanging Annuity Units in one Sub-Account for those in another, the Annuitant should carefully review the relevant Fund prospectuses for the investment objectives and risk disclosure of the Funds in which the Sub-Accounts invest.

During the Income Phase, we permit only exchanges among Sub-Accounts. No exchanges to or from a Fixed Annuity are permitted.

Account Fee

During the Income Phase, we deduct the annual Account Fee of $30 in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment. We do not deduct the annual Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments.

Annuity Payment Rates

The Contracts contain Annuity Payment Rates for each Annuity Option described in this Prospectus. The rates show, for each $1,000 applied, the dollar amount of: (a) the first monthly Variable Annuity payment based on the assumed interest rate specified in the applicable Contract (3% per year, compounded annually); and (b) the monthly Fixed Annuity payment, when this payment is based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in the Contract.

The Annuity Payment Rates may vary according to the Annuity Option elected and the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The Contracts also describe the method of determining the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The mortality table used in determining the Annuity Payment Rates for Annuity Options A, B and C is the Annuity 2000 Table.

Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit

You or your Beneficiary may also select one or more Annuity Options to be used in the event of the Owner's death before the Income Phase, as described under the "Death Benefit" section of this Prospectus. In that case, your Beneficiary will be the Annuitant. The Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second month beginning after the Death Benefit Date.

OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract Rights

A Contract belongs to the individual to whom the Contract is issued. All Contract rights and privileges can be exercised without the consent of the Beneficiary (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or any other person. Such rights and privileges may be exercised only before the Annuity Commencement Date, except as the Contract otherwise provides.

The Annuitant becomes the Payee on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Beneficiary becomes the Payee on the death of the Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement Date. Such Payee may thereafter exercise such rights and privileges, if any, of ownership which continue.

Change of Ownership

Ownership of a Qualified Contract may not be transferred except to: (1) the Annuitant; (2) a trustee or successor trustee of a pension or profit sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; (3) the employer of the Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after transfer is maintained under the terms of a retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Annuitant; (4) the trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account plan qualified under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Owner; or (5) as otherwise permitted from time to time by laws and regulations governing the retirement or deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract may be issued. Subject to the foregoing, a Qualified Contract may not be sold, assigned, transferred, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose to any person other than the Company.

The Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract may change the ownership of the Contract prior to the Annuity Commencement Date A change of ownership will not be binding on us until we receive written notification. When we receive such notification, the change will be effective as of the date on which the request for change was signed by the Owner, as appropriate, but the change will be without prejudice to us on account of any payment we make or any action we take before receiving the change. If you change the Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract, you will become immediately liable for the payment of taxes on any gain realized under the Contract prior to the change of ownership, including possible liability for a 10% federal excise tax.

Change of ownership will not change the Owner named when the Contract is issued. This means that all death benefits and surrender charge waivers will continue to be based on the original Owner and not the new Owner. The amount payable on the death of the new Owner will be the Surrender Value.

Voting of Fund Shares

We will vote Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts at meetings of shareholders of the Funds or in connection with similar solicitations, according to the voting instructions received from persons having the right to give voting instructions. During the Accumulation Phase, you will have the right to give voting instructions. During the Income Phase, the Payee (that is the Annuitant or Beneficiary entitled to receive benefits) is the person having such voting rights. We will vote any shares attributable to us and Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as the shares for which we receive instructions from Owners and Payees, as applicable.

Owners of Qualified Contracts issued on a group basis to employer plans may be subject to other voting provisions of the particular plan and under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Employees who contribute to plans that are funded by the Contracts may be entitled to instruct the Owners as to how to instruct us to vote the Fund shares attributable to their contributions. Such plans may also provide the additional extent, if any, to which the Owners shall follow voting instructions of persons with rights under the plans. If no voting instructions are received from any such person with respect to a particular Participant Account, the Owner may instruct the Company as to how to vote the number of Fund shares for which instructions may be given.

Neither the Variable Account nor the Company is under any duty to provide information concerning the voting instruction rights to persons who may have such rights under plans, other than rights afforded under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any duty to inquire as to the instructions received by Owners, or others, or the authoirty of any such persons to instruct the voting of Fund shares. Except as the Variable Account or the Company has actual knowledge to the contrary, the instructions given by Owners and Payees will be valid as they affect the Variable Account, the Company and any others having voting instruction rights with respect to the Variable Account.

All Fund proxy material, together with an appropriate form to be used to give voting instructions, will be provided to each person having the right to give voting instructions at least 10 days prior to each meeting of the shareholders of the Funds. We will determine the number of Fund shares as to which each such person is entitled to give instructions as of the record date set by the Fund for such meeting, which is expected to be not more than 90 days prior to each such meeting. Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which voting instructions may be given to the Company is determined by dividing the value of all of the Variable Accumulation Units of the particular Sub-Account credited to the Owner Account by the net asset value of one Fund share as of the same date. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which such instructions may be given by a Payee is determined by dividing the reserve held by the Company in the Sub-Account with respect to the particular Payee by the net asset value of a Fund share as of the same date. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which a Payee is entitled to give voting instructions will generally decrease due to the decrease in the reserve.

Reports to Owners

We will send you, by regular U.S. mail, confirmation of all Purchase Payments (including any interest credited), withdrawals, (including any withdrawal charges, negative market value adjustments, and federal taxes on withdrawals), minimum distributions, death benefit payments, transfers (excluding dollar-cost averaging transfers) and living benefit credits or refunds.  Such confirmations will be sent within two business days after the transaction occurs.

In addition, within 5 business days after each Account Quarter, we will send you a statement showing your current Account Value, death benefit value, and investment allocation by asset class.  Each quarterly statement will detail transactions that occurred during the last Account Quarter including Purchase Payments, annuity payments, transfers (including dollar-cost averaging transfers), partial withdrawals, systematic withdrawals, minimum distributions, portfolio rebalancing, asset reallocations, interest credited on fixed accounts, step-ups credited on living benefits, and annual contract fees assessed.

We will also send you annual and semi-annual reports of the funds in which you are invested, including a list of investments held by each portfolio as of the current date of the report.

It is your obligation to review each such statement carefully and to report to us, at the address or telephone number provided on the statement, any errors or discrepancies in the information presented therein within 60 days of the date of such statement. Unless we receive notice of any such error or discrepancy from you within such period, we may not be responsible for correcting the error or discrepancy.

Substitution of Securities

Shares of any or all Funds may not always be available for investment under the Contract. We may add or delete Funds or other investment companies as variable investment options under the Contract. We may also substitute for the shares held in any Sub Account shares of another Fund or shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust, provided that the substitution has been approved, if required, by the SEC and the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the substitution.

Change in Operation of Variable Account

At our election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the right to give instructions with respect to the voting of Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required. Deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by the SEC. In the event of any change in the operation of the Variable Account pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to effect the change.

Splitting Units

We reserve the right to split or combine the value of Variable Accumulation Units, Annuity Units or any of them. In effecting any such change of unit values, strict equity will be preserved and no change will have a material effect on the benefits or other provisions of the Contract.

Modification

Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Income Phase), we may modify the Contract if such modification: (1) is necessary to make the Contract or the Variable Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which the Company or the Variable Account is subject; (2) is necessary to assure continued qualification of the Contract under the Internal Revenue Code or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; (3) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the Variable Account or the Sub-Account(s) (see "Change in Operation of Variable Account"); (4) provides additional Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options; or (5) as may otherwise be in the best interests of Owners, or Payees, as applicable. In the event of any such modification, we may make appropriate endorsement in the Contract to reflect such modification.

Reservation of Rights

We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) combine any 2 or more variable accounts or Sub-Accounts; (2) add or delete Funds, sub-series thereof or other investment companies and corresponding Sub-Accounts; (3) add or remove Guarantee Periods available at any time for election by an Owner; and (4) restrict or eliminate any of the voting rights of Owners or other persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account. Where required by law, we will obtain approval of changes from Owners or any appropriate regulatory authority. In the event of any change pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change.

Right to Return

If you are not satisfied with your Contract, you may return it by mailing or delivering it to us at our Annuity Service Address, as shown on the cover of this Prospectus, within 10 days, or longer if required by your state, after it was delivered to you. State law may also allow you to return the Contract to your sales representative. When we receive the returned Contract, it will be cancelled and we will refund to you your Account Value. If applicable state law requires, we will return the full amount of any Purchase Payment(s) we received.

If you are establishing an Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA"), the Internal Revenue Code requires that we give you a disclosure statement containing certain information about the Contract and applicable legal requirements. We must give you this statement on or before the date the IRA is established. If we give you the disclosure statement before the seventh day preceding the date the IRA is established, you will not have any right of revocation under the Code. If we give you the disclosure statement at a later date, then you may give us a notice of revocation at any time within 7 days after your Issue Date. Upon such revocation, we will refund your Purchase Payment(s). This right of revocation with respect to an IRA is in addition to the return privilege set forth in the preceding paragraph. We allow an Owner establishing an IRA a "ten day free-look," notwithstanding the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section provides general information on the federal income tax consequences of ownership of a Contract based upon our understanding of current federal tax laws. Actual federal tax consequences will vary depending on, among other things, the type of retirement plan under which your Contract is issued. Also, legislation altering the current tax treatment of annuity contracts could be enacted in the future and could apply retroactively to Contracts that were purchased before the date of enactment. We make no attempt to consider any applicable federal estate, federal gift, state, or other tax laws. We also make no guarantee regarding the federal, state, or local tax status of any Contract or any transaction involving any Contract. You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice before purchasing a Contract or executing any other transaction (such as a rollover, distribution, withdrawal or payment) involving a Contract.

     Deductibility of Purchase Payments

For federal income tax purposes, Purchase Payments made under Non-Qualified Contracts are not deductible.  Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments made under Qualified Contracts may be excludible or deductible from taxable income.  Any such amounts will also be excluded from the "investment in the contract" for purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distributions from a Qualified Contract. As a general rule, regardless of whether you own a Qualified or a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount of your tax liability on earnings and distributions will depend upon the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.

     Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts

Generally, an increase in the value of a Contract will not give rise to a current income tax liability to the Owner of a Contract or to any payee under the Contract until a distribution is received from the Contract.  However, certain assignments or pledges of a Contract or loans under a Contract will be treated as distributions to the Owner of the Contract and will accelerate the taxability of any increases in the value of a Contract.

Also, corporate (or other non-natural person) Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally incur a current tax liability on Account Value increases. There are certain exceptions to this current taxation rule, including: (i) any Contract that is an "immediate annuity", which the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") defines as a single premium contract with an annuity commencement date within one year of the date of purchase which provides for a series of substantially equal periodic payments (to be made not less frequently than annually) during the annuity period, and (ii) any Contract that the non-natural person holds as agent for a natural person (such as where a bank or other entity holds a Contract as trustee under a trust agreement).

You should note that a qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract.  For that reason, no decision to purchase a Qualified Contract should be based on the assumption that the purchase of a Qualified Contract is necessary to obtain tax deferral under a qualified plan.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts

The Account Value of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally include both (i) an amount attributable to Purchase Payments, the return of which will not be taxable, and (ii) an amount attributable to investment earnings, the receipt of which will be taxable at ordinary income rates. The relative portions of any particular distribution that derive from nontaxable Purchase Payments and taxable investment earnings depend upon the nature and the timing of that distribution.

Any withdrawal of less than your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date, must be treated as a receipt of investment earnings. You may not treat such withdrawals as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments unless you have first withdrawn the entire amount of the Account Value that is attributable to investment earnings. For purposes of determining whether an Owner has withdrawn the entire amount of the investment earnings under a Non-Qualified Contract, the Code provides that all Non-Qualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company to the same Owner during any one calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. If you withdraw your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date (a "full surrender"), the taxable portion will equal the amount you receive less the "investment in the contract" (i.e., the total Purchase Payments (excluding amounts that were deductible by, or excluded from the gross income of, the Owner of a Contract), less any Purchase Payments that were amounts previously received which were not includable in income).

A Payee who receives annuity payments under a Non-Qualified Contract after the Annuity Commencement Date, will generally be able to treat a portion of each payment as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments and to treat only the remainder of each such payment as taxable investment earnings. Until the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered in this manner, the nontaxable portion of each payment will be determined by the ratio of (i) the total amount of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract, to (ii) the Payee's expected return under the Contract. Once the Payee has received nontaxable payments in an amount equal to total Purchase Payments, no further exclusion is allowed and all future distributions will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. If payments are terminated upon the death of the Annuitant or other Payee before the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered, the unrecovered Purchase Payments may be deducted on the final return of the Annuitant or other Payee.

A penalty tax of 10% may also apply to taxable cash withdrawals, including lump-sum payments from Non-Qualified Contracts. This penalty will generally not apply to distributions made after age 59½, to distributions pursuant to the death or disability of the owner, to distributions that are a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently annually for life or life expectancy, or to distributions under an immediate annuity (as defined above).

Death benefits paid upon the death of a contract owner are not life insurance benefits and will generally be includable in the income of the recipient to the extent they represent investment earnings under the contract.  For this purpose, the amount of the investment in the contract is not affected by the owner's or annuitant's death, i.e., the investment in the contract must still be determined by reference to the Owner's investment in the Contract.  Special mandatory distribution rules also apply after the death of the Owner when the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse of the Owner.

If death benefits are distributed in a lump sum, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as upon a full surrender of the contract.  If death benefits are distributed under an annuity option, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as annuity payments, as described above.

Any amounts held under a Non-Qualified Contract that are assigned or pledged as collateral for a loan will also be treated as if withdrawn from the Contract.  In addition, upon the transfer of a Non-Qualified Contract by gift (other than to the Owner's spouse), the Owner must treat an amount equal to the Account Value minus the total amount paid for the Contract as income.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Qualified Contracts

In most cases, all of the distributions you receive from a Qualified Contract will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. Also, a 10% penalty tax will apply to distributions prior to age 59½, except in certain circumstances.

If you receive a distribution for a Qualified Contract used in connection with a qualified pension plan, from a tax-sheltered annuity, a governmental Code Section 457 plan or an individual retirement annuity "IRA" and roll over some or all that distribution to another eligible plan, following the rules set out in the Code and IRS regulations, the portion of such distribution that is rolled over will not be includible in your income. An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, tax-sheltered annuity or governmental Section 457 plan will be subject to 20% mandatory withholding as described below. Because the amount of the cash paid to you as an eligible rollover distribution will be reduced by this withholding, you will not be able to roll over the entire account balance under your Contract, unless you use other funds equal to the tax withholding to complete the rollover. Rollovers of IRA distributions are not subject to the 20% mandatory withholding requirement.

An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, governmental Section 457 plan or tax-sheltered annuity is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of an employee, except that the term does not include:

l	a distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually under a lifetime annuity or for a specified period of ten years or more;
l	any required minimum distribution; or
l	any hardship distribution.

Only you or your surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect to roll over a distribution to an eligible retirement plan. However, a non-surviving-spouse Beneficiary may able to directly transfer a distribution to a so-called inherited IRA that will be subject to the IRS distribution rules applicable to beneficiaries.

     Withholding

In the case of an eligible rollover distribution (as defined above) from a Qualified Contract (other than from an IRA), we (or the plan administrator) must withhold and remit to the U.S. Government 20% of the distribution, unless the Owner or Payee elects to make a direct rollover of the distribution to another qualified retirement plan that is eligible to receive the rollover; however, only you or your surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect a direct rollover. In the case of a distribution from (i) a Non-Qualified Contract, (ii) an IRA, or (iii) a Qualified Contract where the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution, we will withhold and remit to the U.S. Government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution unless, prior to the distribution, the Owner or Payee provides us his or her taxpayer identification number and instructs us (in the manner prescribed) not to withhold. The Owner or Payee may credit against his or her federal income tax liability for the year of distribution any amounts that we (or the plan administrator) withhold.

     Investment Diversification and Control

The Treasury Department has issued regulations that prescribe investment diversification requirements for the mutual fund series underlying nonqualified variable contracts. All Non-Qualified Contracts must comply with these regulations to qualify as annuities for federal income tax purposes. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract that does not meet these guidelines will be subject to current taxation on annual increases in value of the Contract.  We believe that each Fund available as an investment option under the Contract complies with these regulations.

The IRS has stated that satisfaction of the diversification requirements described above by itself does not prevent a contract owner from being treated as the owner of separate account assets under an "owner control" test.  If a contract owner is treated as the owner of separate account assets for tax purposes, the contract owner would be subject to taxation on the income and gains from the separate account assets. In published revenue rulings through 1982 and then again in 2003, the IRS has stated that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of separate account assets if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise control over the investment of the assets.  In Revenue Ruling 2003-91, the IRS considered certain variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and concluded that the owners of the variable contracts would not be considered the owners of the contracts' underlying assets for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue Ruling 2003-91 states that the determination of whether the owner of a variable contract possesses sufficient incidents of ownership over the assets underlying the variable contract so as to be deemed the owner of those assets for federal income tax purposes will depend on all the facts and circumstances. We do not believe that the differences between the Contract and the contracts described in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 should prevent the holding in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 from applying.  Nevertheless, you should consult with a qualified tax professional on the potential impact of the investor control rules of the IRS as they relate to the investment decisions and activities you may undertake with respect to the Contract.  In addition, the IRS and/or the Treasury Department may issue new rulings, interpretations or regulations on this subject in the future.  Accordingly, we therefore reserve the right to modify the Contracts as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner, for tax purposes, of the underlying assets.  We also reserve the right to notify you if we determine that it is no longer practicable to maintain the Contract in a manner that was designed to prevent you from being considered the owner of the assets of the Separate Account.  You bear the risk that you may be treated as the owner of Separate Account assets and taxed accordingly.

     Tax Treatment of the Company and the Variable Account

As a life insurance company under the Code, we will record and report operations of the Variable Account separately from other operations. The Variable Account will not, however, constitute a regulated investment company or any other type of taxable entity distinct from our other operations. Under present law, we will not incur tax on the income of the Variable Account (consisting primarily of interest, dividends, and net capital gains) if we use this income to increase reserves under Contracts participating in the Variable Account.

     Qualified Retirement Plans

"Qualified Contracts" are Contracts used with plans that receive tax-deferral treatment pursuant to specific provisions of the Code.  Annuity contracts also receive tax deferral treatment.  It is not necessary that you purchase an annuity contract to receive the tax deferral treatment available through a Qualified Contract.  If you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you do not receive additional tax deferral.  Therefore, if you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you should do so for reasons other than obtaining tax deferral.

You may use Qualified Contracts with several types of qualified retirement plans. Because tax consequences will vary with the type of qualified retirement plan and the plan's specific terms and conditions, we provide below only brief, general descriptions of the consequences that follow from using Qualified Contracts in connection with various types of qualified retirement plans. We stress that the rights of any person to any benefits under these plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms of the Qualified Contracts that you are using. These terms and conditions may include restrictions on, among other things, ownership, transferability, assignability, contributions and distributions.

In evaluating whether the Contract is suitable for purchase in connection with a tax qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or a tax deferred annuity arrangement under Section 403(b) of the Code, the effect of the Purchase Payment Interest provisions on the plan's compliance with the applicable nondiscrimination requirements should be considered. Violation of the nondiscrimination rules can cause a plan to lose its tax-qualified status under the Code and could result in the full taxation of participants on all of their benefits under the plan. Violation of the nondiscrimination rules might also result in a liability for additional benefits being paid to certain plan participants. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with such plans should consult with a qualified tax professional.

     Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 403(a) of the Code permit business employers and certain associations to establish various types of retirement plans for employees. The Code requirements are similar for qualified retirement plans of corporations and those of self-employed individuals. Self-employed persons, as a general rule, may therefore use Qualified Contracts as a funding vehicle for their retirement plans.

     Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to purchase annuity contracts and, subject to certain limitations, exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. The Code imposes restrictions on cash withdrawals from Section 403(b) annuities.

If the Contracts are to receive tax deferred treatment, cash withdrawals of amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions (other than withdrawals of accumulation account value as of December 31, 1988) may be made only when the Owner attains age 59½, has a severance from employment with the employer, dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code). These restrictions apply to (i) any post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (ii) any growth or interest on post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (iii) any growth or interest on pre-1989 salary reduction contributions that occurs on or after January 1, 1989, and (iv) any pre-1989 salary reduction contributions since we do not maintain records that separately account for such contributions. It is permissible, however, to withdraw post-1988 salary reduction contributions (but not the earnings attributable to such contributions) in cases of financial hardship. While the Internal Revenue Service has not issued specific rules defining financial hardship, we expect that to qualify for a hardship distribution, the Owner must have an immediate and heavy bona fide financial need and lack other resources reasonably available to satisfy the need. Hardship withdrawals (as well as certain other premature withdrawals) will be subject to a 10% tax penalty, in addition to any withdrawal charge applicable under the Contracts. Under certain circumstances the 10% tax penalty will not apply if the withdrawal is for medical expenses.

Section 403(b) annuities, like IRAs, are subject to required minimum distributions under the Code.  Section 403(b) annuities are unique, however, in that any account balance accruing before January 1, 1987 (the "pre-1987 balance") needs to comply with only the minimum distribution incidental benefit (MDIB) rule and not also with the minimum distribution rules set forth in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  This special treatment for any pre-1987 balance is, however, conditioned upon the issuer identifying the pre-1987 balance and maintaining accurate records of changes to the balance.  Since we do not maintain such records, your pre-1987 balance, if any, will not be eligible for special distribution treatment.

Under the terms of a particular Section 403(b) plan, the Owner may be entitled to transfer all or a portion of the Account Value to one or more alternative funding options. Owners should consult the documents governing their plan and the person who administers the plan for information as to such investment alternatives.

     Individual Retirement Arrangements

Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit eligible individuals to contribute to a so-called "traditional" individual retirement program, including Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities, Simplified Employee Pension Plans, and SIMPLE Retirement Accounts. Such IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution levels, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when distributions may commence. In addition, certain distributions from some other types of retirement plans may be placed in an IRA on a tax-deferred basis. The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to IRAs and we will provide purchasers of the Contracts as Individual Retirement Annuities with any necessary information. You will have the right to revoke a Contract issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity under certain circumstances, as described in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Right to Return." If your Contract is issued in connection with an Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Roth Individual Retirement Arrangements

Section 408A of the Code permits an individual to contribute to an individual retirement program called a Roth IRA. Unlike contributions to a traditional IRA under Section 408 of the Code, contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax-deductible. Provided certain conditions are satisfied, distributions are generally tax-free. Like traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution amounts and the timing of distributions. If you convert a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity Contract into a Roth IRA Contract or your Individual Retirement Account that holds a Contract is converted to a Roth Individual Retirement Account, the fair market value of the Contract is included in taxable income. Under IRS regulations and Revenue Procedure 2006-13, fair market value may exceed the Contract's account balance.  Thus, you should consult with a qualified tax professional prior to any conversion.

The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to Roth IRAs and we will provide the necessary information for Contracts issued as Roth Individual Retirement Annuities. If your Contract is issued in connection with a Roth Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders

Qualified Contracts.  If your Contract is a traditional IRA annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, it is subject to certain required minimum distribution (RMD) requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and IRS regulations. Under the RMD rules, distributions must begin no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which you attain age 70½ or, for non-IRAs, the date of retirement instead of age 70½ if it is later. The RMD amount for a distribution calendar year is generally calculated by dividing the Contract's value as of 12/31 of the prior calendar year by the applicable distribution factor set forth in a Uniform Lifetime Table in the IRS regulations. For Contracts issued in connection with traditional Individual Retirement Accounts, you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian about RMD requirements since we only provide the trustee or custodian with the Contract’s value (including any actuarial present value of additional benefits discussed below) so that it can be used in the Account’s RMD calculations.

Effective with the 2006 distribution calendar year, the actuarial present value as of 12/31 of any additional benefits that are provided under your Contract (such as optional death and living benefits) will be added to the Contract’s Account Value as of 12/31 in order to calculate the RMD amount. There are two exceptions to the requirement that the actuarial present value of an additional benefit must be added to the Account Value for RMD calculation purposes. First, if the only additional benefit provided under a Contract is a return of premium death benefit (i.e., a benefit under which the final payment does not exceed the amount of purchase payments made less prior distributions), then the additional benefit is disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. Second, if (1) the Contract provides only for additional benefits that are each reduced on a proportional basis in the event of distributions, with or without a return of premium death benefit that is not reduced in amount proportionately in the event of distributions and (2) the actuarial present value of all the Contract’s additional benefits is no more than 20% of the 12/31 Account Value, then the additional benefits are disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. When we notify you of the RMD amount for a distribution calendar year, we will inform you if the calculation included the actuarial present value of additional benefits. Because of the above requirements, your initial or renewal election of an optional rider could cause your RMD amount to be higher than it would be without such an election. Prior to electing to participate in (or, if applicable, prior to renewing your participation in) any optional rider, you should consult with a qualified tax professional as to the possible effect of that rider on your yearly RMD amounts.

You may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular IRA annuity from that annuity or from another IRA account or IRA annuity of yours.  Similarly, you may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular TSA annuity from that annuity or from another TSA account or TSA annuity of yours.  If your Qualified Contract is an asset of a qualified retirement plan, the qualified plan is subject to the RMD requirements and the Contract, as an asset of the qualified plan may need to be used as a source of funds for the RMDs.

If you are subject to the RMD requirements while you are enrolled in the AB Plan under any optional living benefit rider, any RMD amount that you take from the Contract will reduce the amount of the benefit under the AB Plan. This reduction could significantly reduce the value of the optional living benefit  to you.

If you are subject to the RMD requirements while you are enrolled in the WB Plan under any optional living benefit rider, and any RMD amount that you take from the Contract ever exceeds the maximum amount that you may withdraw under the terms of the WB Plan, the additional withdrawal amount will reduce the amount of the benefit available under the WB Plan. This reduction could significantly reduce the value of the optional living benefit to you.

Participants in 403(b) plans who are under age 59½, are subject to withdrawal restrictions under the Internal Revenue Code that may prevent them from being able to make any withdrawals under the WB Plan while they remain under age 59½.

Prior to electing to participate in (or, if applicable, prior to renewing your participation in) any optional living benefit rider, you should consult with a qualified tax professional as to the possible effect of RMD distributions on the benefits that might otherwise be available under any optional living benefit.

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or is held by your traditional Individual Retirement Account and you might convert in the future to a Roth IRA (see "Roth Individual Retirement Arrangements"), then your initial or renewal election of an optional rider could cause your taxable income upon conversion to be higher than it would be without such an election.  Prior to electing to participate in (or, if applicable, prior to renewing your participation in) any optional living benefit or death benefit, you should consult with a qualified tax professional as to the possible effect of that benefit on conversion taxable income.

Non-Qualified Contracts.  We are required to make a determination as to the taxability of any withdrawal you make in order to be able to annually report to the IRS and you information about your withdrawal.  Under the Internal Revenue Code, any withdrawal from a Non-Qualified Contract is taxable to the extent the annuity’s cash value (determined without regard to surrender charges) exceeds the investment in the contract.  There is no definition of "cash value" in the Code and, for tax reporting purposes, we are currently treating it as the Account Value of the Contract.  However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree that this is the correct cash value.  The IRS could, for example, determine that the cash value is the Account Value plus an additional amount representing the value of an optional rider.  If this were to occur, election of an optional rider could cause any withdrawal, including a withdrawal under the WB Plan of any optional living benefit rider, to have a higher proportion of the withdrawal derived from taxable investment earnings.  Prior to electing to participate in an optional rider (or, if applicable, prior to renewing your participation in the optional living benefit rider), you should consult with a qualified tax professional as to the meaning of "cash value."

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

We perform certain administrative functions relating to the Contract, Owner Accounts, and the Variable Account. These functions include, but are not limited to, maintaining the books and records of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts; maintaining records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, Owner Account number and type, the status of each Owner Account and other pertinent information necessary to the administration and operation of the Contract; processing Applications, Purchase Payments, transfers and full and partial withdrawals; issuing Contracts administering annuity payments; furnishing accounting and valuation services; reconciling and depositing cash receipts; providing confirmations; providing toll-free customer service lines; and furnishing telephonic transfer services.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT

We offer the Contract on a continuous basis.  Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents ("the Selling Agents") in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold.  Such Selling Agents will be registered representatives of affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealer firms ("the Selling Broker-Dealers") registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and who have entered into selling agreements with the Company and the general distributor, Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc. ("Clarendon"), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.  Clarendon is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

The Company (or its affiliates, for purposes of this section only, collectively, "the Company"), pays the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract.   The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid by the Company to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and their Selling Agent.  This compensation is not paid directly by the Contract Owner or the separate account.  The Company intends to recoup this compensation through fees and charges imposed under the Contract, and from profits on payments received by the Company for providing administrative, marketing, and other support and services to the Funds.

The amount and timing of commissions the Company may pay to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 8.00% of Purchase Payments, and 1.25% annually of the Participant’s Account Value. The Company may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by NASD rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

The Company also pays compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries, including payments to affiliates of the Company, in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers.  These allowances may be based on a percentage of Purchase Payments and/or a percentage of Contract Value and/or may be a fixed dollar amount.

In addition to the compensation described above, the Company may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as "override" compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support.  These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of the Company’s products on the Selling Broker-Dealers’ preferred or recommended list, access to the Selling Broker-Dealers’ registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of the Company’s products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for the Company to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars.  The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer’s actual or expected aggregate sales of our variable contracts (including the Contract) or assets held within those contracts (in most cases not to exceed 0.25% of aggregate sales and 0.10% of assets attributable to the Selling-Broker-Dealer, and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agent.

In addition to selling our variable contracts (including the Contract), some Selling Broker-Dealers or their affiliates may have other business relationships with the Company. Those other business relationships may include, for example, reinsurance agreements pursuant to which an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer provides reinsurance to the Company relative to some or all of the Policies or other variable policies issued by the Company or its affiliates. The potential profits for a Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliate associated with such reinsurance arrangements could indirectly provide incentives to the Selling Broker-Dealer and its Selling Agents to recommend products for which they provide reinsurance over similar products which do not result in potential reinsurance profits to the Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliate. The operation of an individual contract is not impacted by whether the policy is subject to a reinsurance arrangement between the Company and an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about what commissions or other compensation he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions may be waived or reduced in connection with certain transactions described in this Prospectus under the heading "Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates." During 2004, 2005, and 2006, approximately $0, $64,672, and $94,354, respectively, in commissions were paid to but not retained Clarendon in connection with the distribution of the Contracts.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company and the Variable Account have filed with the SEC registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Contracts. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statements and their exhibits. For further information regarding the Variable Account, the Company and the Contracts, please refer to the registration statements and their exhibits.

In addition, the Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We file reports and other information with the SEC to meet these requirements.

You can inspect and copy this information and our registration statements at the SEC's public reference facilities at the following locations: Washington, D.C. -- 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; Chicago, Illinois -- 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661. The Washington, D.C. office will also provide copies by mail for a fee. You may also find these materials on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") is incorporated herein by reference. All documents or reports we file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus.

The Company will furnish, without charge, to each person to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy of the documents referred to above which have been incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, other than exhibits to such document (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this Prospectus). Requests for such document should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

STATE REGULATION

The Company is subject to the laws of the State of New York governing life insurance companies and to regulation by the Superintendent of Insurance of New York. An annual statement is filed with the Superintendent of Insurance on or before March lst in each year relating to the operations of the Company for the preceding year and its financial condition on December 31st of such year. Its books and records are subject to review or examination by the Superintendent or his agents at any time and a full examination of its operations is conducted at periodic intervals.

The Superintendent has broad administrative powers with respect to licensing to transact business, overseeing trade practices, licensing agents, approving policy forms, establishing reserve requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and regulating the type and amounts of investments permitted.

In addition, affiliated groups of insurers, such as the Company, Sun Life (Canada) and its affiliates, are regulated under insurance holding company legislation. Under such laws, inter-company transfers of assets and dividend payments from insurance subsidiaries may be subject to prior notice or approval, depending on the size of such transfers and payments in relation to the financial positions of the companies involved. Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurers doing business therein can be assessed (up to prescribed limits) for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. The amount of any future assessments of the Company under these laws cannot be reasonably estimated. However, most of these laws do provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength and many permit the deduction of all or a portion of any such assessment from any future premium or similar taxes payable.

Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the business of insurance, federal initiatives often have an impact on the business in a variety of ways. Current and proposed federal measures which may significantly affect the insurance business include employee benefit regulation, removal of barriers preventing banks from engaging in the insurance business, tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance companies, the tax treatment of insurance products and its impact on the relative desirability of various personal investment vehicles.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the Variable Account. We are engaged in various kinds of routine litigation which, in management's judgment, is not of material importance to our respective total assets or material with respect to the Variable Account.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in the SAI should be considered only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations with respect to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and with respect to the death benefit and the Company's assumption of the mortality and expense risks. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.

The financial statements of the Variable Account for the year ended December 31, 2006 are also included in the SAI.

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York

Advertising and Sales Literature

Tax Deferred Accumulations

Calculations

     Example of Variable Accumulation Unit Value Calculation

     Example of Variable Annuity Unit Calculation

     Example of Variable Annuity Payment Calculation

Distribution of the Contracts

Designation and Change of Beneficiary

Custodian

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial Statements

This Prospectus sets forth information about the Contract and the Variable Account that a prospective purchaser should know before investing. Additional information about the Contract and the Variable Account has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2007 which is incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is available upon request and without charge from Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York. To receive a copy, return this request form to the address shown below or telephone (800) 752-7215.

To:	Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York
	P.O. Box 9133
	Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

Please send me a Statement of Additional Information for

Sun Life Financial Masters® Select NY Variable and Fixed Annuity

Sun Life (N.Y.) Variable Account C.

Name        ________________________________________________

Address   _________________________________________________

                  _________________________________________________

City           ______________________   State ______   Zip ___________

Telephone _________________________________________________

APPENDIX A -

GLOSSARY

The following terms as used in this Prospectus have the indicated meanings:

ACCOUNT: An account established for each Owner to which Net Purchase Payments are credited.

ACCOUNT QUARTER: A three-month period, with the first Account Quarter beginning on your Issue Date.

ACCOUNT VALUE: The Variable Accumulation Value, if any, plus the Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, of your Account for any Valuation Period.

ACCUMULATION PHASE: The period before the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant (and while the Owner is still alive) during which you make Purchase Payments under the Contract. This is called the "Accumulation Period" in the Contract.

ADJUSTED PURCHASE PAYMENTS: Purchase Payments adjusted for partial withdrawals as described in "Calculating the Death Benefit."

*ANNUITANT: The person or persons to whom the first annuity payment is made. If either Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the surviving Annuitant will become the sole Annuitant.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which the first annuity payment under each Contract is to be made.

ANNUITY OPTION: The method you choose for making annuity payments.

ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of the amount of the second and each subsequent Variable Annuity payment from the Variable Account.

APPLICATION: The document signed by you or other evidence acceptable to us that serves as your application for participation under a Group Contract or purchase of an Individual Contract.

*BENEFICIARY: The person or entity having the right to receive the death benefit and, for a Certificate issued under a Non-Qualified Contract, who is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of Section 72(s) of the Code in the event of the Owner's death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are Co-Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract, the surviving Co-Owner will be deemed the beneficiary under the preceding sentence and any other designated beneficiary will be treated as a contingent beneficiary.

BUSINESS DAY: Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Also, any day on which we make a determination of the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "SUN LIFE (N.Y.)"): Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York.

CONTRACT: A Contract issued by the Company on an individual basis.

CONTRACT YEAR and CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: Your first Contract Year is the period 365 days (366, if a leap year) from the date on which we issued your Contract. Your Contract Anniversary is the last day of a Contract Year. Each Contract Year after the first is the 365-day period that begins on your Contract Anniversary. For example, if the Issue Date is on March 12, the first Contract Year is determined from the Issue Date and ends on March 12 of the following year. Your Contract Anniversary is March 12 and all Contract Years after the first are measured from March 12. (If the Contract Anniversary Date falls on a non-Business Day, the previous Business Day will be used.)

DEATH BENEFIT DATE: If you have elected a death benefit payment option before the Owner's death that remains in effect, the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If your Beneficiary elects the death benefit payment option, the later of (a) the date on which we receive the Beneficiary's election and (b) the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected to defer receipt of payment under any death benefit option until such time as a written election is received by the Company or a distribution is required by law.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH: An original certified copy of an official death certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other information or documentation required by the Company that is necessary to make payment (e.g. taxpayer identification numbers, beneficiary names and addresses, state inheritance tax waivers, etc.).

EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of a Guarantee Period.

FIXED ACCOUNT: The general account of the Company, consisting of all assets of the Company other than those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Fixed Account.

FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as to dollar amount.

FUND: A registered management investment company, or series thereof, in which assets of a Sub-Account may be invested.

GUARANTEE AMOUNT: Each separate allocation of Account Value to a particular Guarantee Period (including interest earned thereon).

GUARANTEE PERIOD: The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest we credit on a compound annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

INCOME PHASE: The period on and after the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant during which we make annuity payments under the Contract.

ISSUE DATE: The date the Contract becomes effective which is the date we apply your initial Net Purchase Payment to your Account and issue your Contract.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR: An index applied to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or equal to one.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT: The portion of a Purchase Payment which remains after the deduction of any applicable premium tax or similar tax.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan that does not receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Owner's interest in the Contract must be owned by a natural person or agent for a natural person for the Contract to receive income tax treatment as an annuity.

OPEN DATE: The date your Application is received by the Company in good order.

*OWNER: The person, persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in a Contract and in whose name or names the Contract is issued. The Owner may designate a trustee or custodian of a retirement plan which meets the requirements of Section 401, Section 408(c), Section 408(k), Section 408(p) or Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement plan, but the term "Owner," as used herein, shall refer to the organization entering into the Contract.

PAYEE: A recipient of payments under a Contract. The term includes an Annuitant or a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to benefits upon the death of the Owner, or on the Annuity Commencement Date.

PURCHASE PAYMENT (PAYMENT): An amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits provided by a Contract.

QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan which may receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.

SURRENDER VALUE: The amount payable on full surrender of your Contract.

VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time from one determination of Variable Accumulation Unit or Annuity Unit values to the next subsequent determination of these values. Value determinations are made as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on each day that the Exchange is open for trading and on other Business Days.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT: Variable Account C of the Company, which is a separate account of the Company consisting of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of Variable Account Value.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Variable Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in relation to the investment performance of the Variable Account.

YOU and YOUR: The terms "you" and "your" refer to "Owner," and/or "Co-Owner" as those terms are identified in the Contract.

*You specify these items on the Application, and may change them, as we describe in this Prospectus.

APPENDIX B -

CALCULATIONS OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGES & MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Part 1: Variable Account (the Market Value Adjustment does not apply to the Variable Account)

Withdrawal Charge Calculation:

Full Withdrawal:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Issue Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made and there are no partial withdrawals. The table below presents three examples of the withdrawal charge resulting from a full withdrawal of your Account, based on hypothetical Account Values.

						Payment
		Hypothetical		Cumulative	Free	Subject to	Withdrawal	Withdrawal
	Contract	Account	Annual	Annual	Withdrawal	Withdrawal	Charge	Charge
	Year	Value	Earnings	Earnings	Amount	Charge	Percentage	Amount
(a)	1	$41,000	$1,000	$ 1,000	$ 6,000	$35,000	7.00%	$2,450
	2	$45,100	$4,100	$ 5,100	$ 6,000	$39,100	6.00%	$2,346
	3	$49,600	$4,500	$ 9,600	$ 9,600	$40,000	5.00%	$2,000
(b)	4	$52,100	$2,500	$12,100	$12,100	$40,000	4.00%	$1,600
	5	$57,300	$5,200	$17,300	$17,300	$40,000	3.00%	$1,200
	6	$63,000	$5,700	$23,000	$23,000	$40,000	2.00%	$  800
	7	$66,200	$3,200	$26,200	$26,200	$40,000	1.00%	$  400
(c)	8	$72,800	$6,600	$32,800	$32,800	$         0	0.00%	$       0

(a)	The free withdrawal amount in any year is equal to the greater of (1) the Contract's earnings that were not previously withdrawn, and (2) 15% of any Purchase Payments made in the last 7 Contract Years ("New Payments"). In Contract Year 1, the free withdrawal amount is $6,000, which equals 15% of the Purchase Payment of $40,000. On a full withdrawal of $41,000, the amount subject to a withdrawal charge is $35,000, which equals the Account Value of $41,000 minus the free withdrawal amount of $6,000.
(b)	In Contract Year 4, the free withdrawal amount is $12,100, which equals the prior Contract's cumulative earnings to date. On a full withdrawal of $52,100, the amount subject to a withdrawal charge is $40,000.
(c)	In Contract Year 8, the free withdrawal amount is $32,800, which equals the Contract's cumulative earnings to date. On a full withdrawal of $72,800, the amount subject to a withdrawal charge is $0, since the New Payments equal $0.

Partial Withdrawal

Assume a single Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Issue Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made, no partial withdrawals have been taken prior to the fourth Contract Year, and there are a series of 4 partial withdrawals made during the fourth Contract Year of $4,000, $9,000, $12,000, and $20,000.

					Remaining
	Hypothetical				Free	Amount of			Hypothetical
	Account				Withdrawal	Withdrawal			Account
	Value				Amount	Subject to	Withdrawal	Withdrawal	Value
Contract	Before		Cumulative	Amount of	After	Withdrawal	Charge	Charge	After
Year	Withdrawal	Earnings	Earnings	Withdrawal	Withdrawal	Charge	Percentage	Amount	Withdrawal
1	$41,000	$1,000	$  1,000	$         0	$ 6,000	$         0	7.00%	$       0	$41,000
2	$45,100	$4,100	$  5,100	$         0	$ 6,000	$         0	6.00%	$       0	$45,100
3	$49,600	$4,500	$  9,600	$         0	$ 9,600	$         0	5.00%	$       0	$49,600
(a)4	$50,100	$   500	$10,100	$  4,000	$ 6,100	$         0	4.00%	$       0	$46,100
(b)4	$46,900	$   800	$10,900	$  9,000	$        0	$  2,100	4.00%	$    84	$37,900
(c)4	$38,500	$   600	$11,500	$12,000	$        0	$11,400	4.00%	$   456	$26,500
(d)4	$26,900	$   400	$11,900	$20,000	$        0	$19,600	4.00%	$ 784	$ 6,900

(a)	In Contract Year 4, the free withdrawal amount is $10,100, which equals the Contract's cumulative earnings to date. The partial withdrawal amount of $4,000 is less than the free withdrawal amount, so there is no withdrawal charge.
(b)	Since a partial withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, the remaining free withdrawal amount in Contract Year 4 is $10,900 - $4,000 = $6,900. Therefore, $6,900 of the $9,000 withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge, and $2,100 is subject to a withdrawal charge. Of the $13,000 withdrawn to date, $10,900 has been from the free withdrawal amount and $2,100 has been from deposits.
(c)	Since $10,900 of the 2 prior Contract Year 4 partial withdrawals was taken from the free withdrawal amount, the remaining free withdrawal amount in Contract Year 4 is $11,500 - $10,900 = $600. Therefore, $600 of the $12,000 withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge, and $11,400 is subject to a withdrawal charge. Of the $25,000 withdrawn to date, $11,500 has been from the free withdrawal amount and $13,500 has been from deposits.
(d)	Since $11,500 of the 3 prior Contract Year 4 partial withdrawals was taken from the free withdrawal amount, the remaining free withdrawal amount in Contract Year 4 is $11,900 - $11,500 = $400. Therefore, $400 of the $20,000 withdrawal is not subject to a withdrawal charge, and $19,600 is subject to a withdrawal charge. Of the $45,000 withdrawn to date, $11,900 has been from the free withdrawal amount and $33,100 has been from deposits. Note that if the $6,900 hypothetical Account Value after withdrawal was withdrawn, it would all be from deposits and subject to a withdrawal charge. The withdrawal charge would be 4% of $6,900, which equals $276. The total Contract Year 4 withdrawal charges would then be $1,600, which is the same amount that was assessed for a full liquidation in Contract Year 4 in the example on the previous page.

Part 2 - Fixed Account - Examples of the Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")

The MVA Factor is:

[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12)  -  1

These examples assume the following:

(1)	The Guarantee Amount was allocated to a 5-year Guarantee Period with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 6% or .06.
(2)	The date of surrender is 2 years from the Expiration Date (N = 24).
(3)	The value of the Guarantee Amount on the date of surrender is $11,910.16.
(4)	The interest earned in the current Contract Year is $674.16.
(5)	No transfers or partial withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Amount have been made.
(6)	Withdrawal charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown in the examples in Part 1.

Example of a Negative MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 8% or .08 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor =	[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
=	[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .08)](24/12) - 1
=	(.9812) - 1
=	.963  - 1
=	-.037

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interest credited to the Guarantee Amount in the current Contract Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x (-.037) = -$415.73

-$415.73 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x (-.037) = -$49.06. -$49.06 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

Example of a Positive MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 5% or .05 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor =	[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
=	[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .05)](24/12) - 1
=	(1.0102) - 1
=	1.019 - 1
=	.019

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interested credit to the Guarantee Amount in the current Contract Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x .019 = $213.48

$213.48 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x .019 = $25.19.

$25.19 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

APPENDIX C -

CALCULATION OF BASIC DEATH BENEFIT

Example 1:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $60,000.00 is made on the Issue Date and an additional Purchase Payment of $40,000.00 is made one year later. Assume that death occurs in Contract Year 2, that all of the money is invested in the Sub-Accounts, that no Withdrawals have been made, and that the Account Value on the Death Benefit Date is $80,000.00. The calculation of the Death Benefit to be paid is as follows:

The Basic Death Benefit is the greatest of:
Account Value	=     $  80,000.00
Surrender Value*	=     $  76,020.00
Purchase Payments	=     $100,000.00
The Basic Death Benefit would therefore be:	=     $100,000.00

Example 2:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $60,000.00 is made on the Issue Date and an additional Purchase Payment of $40,000.00 is made one year later. Assume that all of the money is invested in the Sub-Accounts and that the Account Value is $80,000.00 just prior to a $20,000.00 withdrawal. The Account Value on the Death Benefit Date is $60,000.00.

The Basic Death Benefit is the greatest of:
Account Value	=     $60,000.00
Surrender Value*	=     $56,320.00
Adjusted Purchase Payments**	=     $75,000.00
The Basic Death Benefit would therefore be:	=     $75,000.00

* Surrender Value is the amount we would pay you if you surrendered your entire Account Value. For a description of how Surrender Value is calculated, see "Full Withdrawals" under the subheading "Cash Withdrawals."

**Adjusted Purchase Payments can be calculated as follows: Payments x (Account Value after withdrawal ÷ Account Value before withdrawal) = $100,000.00 x ($60,000.00 ÷$80,000.00).

APPENDIX D -

SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE BENEFIT

The following information applies to your Contract if you elected to participate in the Secured Returns for Life Optional Living Benefit Rider and did not replace it with the Secured Returns for Life Plus rider, which was available for such replacements for a limited period of time beginning in April 2006. (The Secured Returns for Life Plus rider is described under "Optional Living Benefit Rider: Secured Returns for Life Plus" in the prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.) The Secured Returns for Life rider is no longer available for sale on new Contracts. Since we are no longer offering this rider to new Owners, renewals of Secured Returns for Life are no longer available.

Secured Returns for Life ("Secured Returns for Life" or  "Benefit") guarantees a return of your initial Purchase Payment (adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals) during the accumulation period, regardless of the investment performance of the underlying funds, provided that you comply with certain requirements. The amount guaranteed can be greater than or less than your Account Value. The guaranteed amount can be paid out under a Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan, which provides for a return of your guaranteed amount on the AB Plan Maturity Date, or a Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan, which provides for a return of your guaranteed amount through periodic withdrawals or, if you meet certain conditions, payments for life. Upon annuitization, Secured Returns for Life and any elected optional death benefit rider automatically terminate. (You should note that the benefit does not, in all cases, guarantee payments "for Life." Certain actions you take may reduce, or even exhaust, your benefit.)

We use the following definitions to describe how Secured Returns for Life works:

AB Plan Maturity Date	The date when the AB Plan matures which is on the 10th Contract Anniversary, or if you elect to "step-up" your guaranteed values under the rider, 10 years from the date of the most recent step-up.
Guaranteed Living Benefit Amount (the "GLB amount"):	The minimum amount guaranteed under the Contract while you are participating in the AB Plan. The GLB amount is initially equal to your initial Purchase Payment, which is adjusted for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals. The GLB amount is also used to set the GLB Base, Lifetime Income Base, and RGLB amount on the date you elect the WB Plan.
Guaranteed Living Benefit Base (the "GLB Base"):	A value equal to the RGLB amount on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan. The GLB Base is adjusted later for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals. The GLB Base is used to establish the Maximum WB Amount.
Lifetime Income Base:	A value equal to the RGLB amount on the later of the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan if you are age 60 or older and the first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday. The Lifetime Income Base is adjusted later for any subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals. The Lifetime Income Base is used to establish the Maximum WB for Life Amount.
Maximum WB Amount:	The maximum guaranteed amount available for annual withdrawal until your RGLB amount has been reduced to zero. The annual Maximum WB Amount is equal to 5% of the GLB Base.
Maximum WB For Life Amount:	The maximum guaranteed amount available for annual withdrawal during your lifetime. The Maximum WB for Life Amount is equal to 4% or 5% of the current Lifetime Income Base depending upon the age of the Contract Owner on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan or most recent Step-Up Date. If your Contract is co-owned, the age of the oldest co-owner will be used to determine the Maximum WB for Life Amount. (You should be aware that the Maximum WB for Life Amount is not a guaranteed amount. Certain actions you take could reduce the value of your Maximum WB for Life Amount to zero.)
Remaining Guaranteed Living Benefit (the "RGLB amount"):	If you elect the WB Plan, the minimum amount guaranteed under the Plan. The RGLB amount equals the GLB amount on the date you choose to participate in the WB Plan. This amount will be adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups, and partial withdrawals.

To participate in Secured Returns for Life, all of your Account Value must be invested in one or more of the "Designated Funds" during the entire term of the GMAB Maturity Date. The only Funds, dollar-cost averaging program options, and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds" are as follows:

Asset Allocation Models	Funds
Conservative Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Conservative Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Aggressive Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2
Sun Capital Balanced Return Model	MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class
Build Your Portfolio	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares
Dollar-Cost Averaging Program Options
6-Month DCA Guarantee Option
12-Month DCA Guarantee Option

One of the asset allocation models that qualifies as a Designated Fund is the portfolio model that applies to our "build your portfolio" program. That portfolio model and the "build your portfolio" program are described in "BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to change the available Designated Funds on new and existing Contracts without prior notice. Any time there is a change in the Designated Funds, your Account Value will remain in the previously available Designated Funds. However, any future transfers or Purchase Payments you make may only be allocated to the Designated Funds then available.

When you elected to participate in Secured Returns for Life, you were automatically enrolled in the AB Plan. At any time, you may elect instead, to receive your benefit under the WB Plan, provided that you make the election prior to the earliest of the Contract's maximum Annuity Commencement Date (the first day of the month following the youngest Annuitant's 90th birthday), the date you annuitize, and the date your AB Plan matures. Once you elect to participate in the WB Plan, you may not change your election to the AB Plan. If you do not specifically elect the WB Plan, you will be deemed to have elected to remain in the AB Plan.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan

Under its terms, the AB Plan matures on the AB Plan Maturity Date. On that date, we will credit your Account Value with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value after adjusting for any Contract charges or credits. Any such amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to all Designated Funds in which you are invested at that time.

Your GLB amount is equal to the sum of 100% of your initial Purchase Payment plus a specified percentage of any subsequent Purchase Payments, adjusted in amount for step-ups (described under "Step -Up") and partial withdrawals. If you make one or more subsequent Purchase Payments during the 10-year period, the period will not restart. Rather, the percentage of guaranteed return for each subsequent Purchase Payment after the second Contract Anniversary will be reduced depending upon the Contract Year in which it was made, as follows:

Contract Year in which Purchase Payment was made	Percentage added to the GLB amount
1-2	100%
3-5	85%
6-8	70%
9-10	60%

Note that the timing and amount of subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals may significantly affect the total Secured Returns for Life Benefit.

If your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount on the AB Plan Maturity Date, we will credit your Account Value with an amount equal to the charges you paid for Secured Returns for Life. For examples of how we calculate benefits under the AB Plan, see Examples 1 through 3 in this Appendix.

If you die while participating in the AB Plan, all benefits and charges under Secured Returns for Life will automatically terminate when we receive Due Proof of Death, unless your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract. In that case, your surviving spouse has two options under the Contract.

l	Your spouse can automatically continue in the AB Plan even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit. (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.) The charges under Secured Returns for Life will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value. The GLB amount, however, will not be reset.
l	Your surviving spouse can elect to switch to the WB Plan; however, such election must be made prior to the earliest of annuitization, the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, and the scheduled AB Plan Maturity Date. The same WB Plan benefits will apply, except the surviving spouse will not be entitled to receive lifetime withdrawal benefits under the original optional living benefit rider.

If the Contract is not continued by your surviving spouse following your death while participating in the AB Plan, your Beneficiary may elect any available option under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan

Under the terms of the WB Plan, you are guaranteed a return of your RGLB amount, even if your Account Value becomes zero. Each Contract Year, during which the WB Plan is in effect, you can withdraw up to your Maximum WB Amount until your RGLB amount has been depleted. Once the RGLB amount is reduced to zero, your GLB Base is permanently set to zero as well. However, if you exceed your Maximum WB Amount in any one Contract Year, your RGLB and future guaranteed withdrawals will be reduced in the manner described under "Withdrawals Under Secured Returns for Life."

The WB Plan also guarantees that, if you have chosen the WB Plan and if you are age 60 or older, you can withdraw up to your Maximum WB for Life Amount every Contract Year that you are alive, even if your Account Value has been depleted. If you are younger than age 60, you may withdraw up to your Maximum WB for Life Amount every Contract Year after your first Contract Anniversary following your 59th birthday. If you exceed your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any one Contract Year, the amount of your subsequent guaranteed lifetime withdrawals will be reduced in the manner discussed under "Withdrawals Under Secured Returns for Life."

Your Maximum WB Amount is a set dollar amount equal to 5% of your GLB Base. On the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan, we set your RGLB amount to equal your GLB amount as described under Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan. YourGLB Base also is set equal to the RGLB amount on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan. This value is used to determine your Maximum WB Amount as discussed further below.

To calculate your Maximum WB for Life Amount, we must first determine your Lifetime Income Base. The Lifetime Income Base is an amount equal to the RGLB amount on:

l	the date you elected to participate in the WB Plan if you are age 60 or older on that date, or
l	your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday, if you are 59 or younger on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan.

The Maximum WB for Life Amount will then be calculated, based upon your age on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan, as follows:

Your Age on Date of First Withdrawal under WB Plan	Maximum WB for Life Amount
65 or older	5% of the Lifetime Income Base
64 or younger	4% of the Lifetime Income Base

You are not required to make any withdrawals after you have elected the WB Plan; however, each time you make a withdrawal, we determine whether the withdrawal has exceeded the Maximum WB Amount, the Maximum WB for Life Amount, or both. If you have exceeded the Maximum WB Amount or the Maximum WB for Life Amount, we determine the new maximum amount(s) for future withdrawals. In any one Contract Year, withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount may reduce or eliminate your future guaranteed withdrawals, possibly reducing the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit to an amount less than the sum of your Purchase Payments. (See "Withdrawals Under Secured Returns for Life.")

Provided your RGLB amount and Account Value have not been reduced to zero, any Purchase Payment made after you have elected the WB Plan, and before your fourth Contract Anniversary, will increase your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, and your Lifetime Income Base each by 100% of such Purchase Payment. Therefore, your Maximum WB Amount will equal 5% of your new GLB Base. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount will equal 4% or 5% of your new Lifetime Income Base, depending upon your age on the date of your first withdrawals under the WB Plan as shown in the above chart or your most recent "Step-Up Date," described under "Step-Up."

Under the WB Plan, after your fourth Contract Anniversary, you may not make any additional Purchase Payments unless your benefit under the rider has been cancelled, terminated, or revoked. For examples of how we calculate benefits under the WB Plan, see Examples 4, 5, and 6 in this Appendix.

If you die while participating in the WB Plan, your Beneficiary may elect to exercise any of the available options under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract or, alternatively, to receive the Maximum WB Amount on an annual basis until the RGLB amount has been reduced to zero. If your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary and elects to continue the Contract, your surviving spouse can automatically continue to participate in the WB Plan, but lifetime withdrawal benefits will not be available to your spouse. All other benefits under the WB Plan will continue, for your surviving spouse, even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit. (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.) The charges under Secured Returns for Life will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value. The RGLB amount, however, will not be reset.

Cost of the Secured Returns for Life Benefit Rider

Unlike other Contract charges, the charge for Secured Returns for Life will not be calculated as a percentage of average daily net assets as described under "Variable Accumulation Unit Value." Instead, the charge for the Benefit will be made as a specific deduction from the Account Value, taken on the last valuation day of the Account Quarter. The charge per year for Secured Returns for Life is currently equal to 0.50% of your Account Value. The quarterly charge will be determined by multiplying the Account Value at the end of the Account Quarter by 0.00125. (See Example 7 in this Appendix.) The specific amount of the quarterly charge will be reflected on your quarterly account statement.

We will continue to deduct this charge until:

l	you annuitize; or
l	under the provisions of Secured Returns for Life;
l		your benefit matures;
l		your benefit is revoked; or
l		your RGLB amount and your Lifetime Income Base are both reduced to zero under the WB Plan.

Cancellation of the Benefit (caused by a transfer out of the Designated Funds, a Purchase Payment allocation to a non-Designated Fund, or an assignment) will not terminate the charge until the 7th Contract Anniversary.

Withdrawals Under Secured Returns for Life

All withdrawals under Secured Returns for Life are subject to withdrawal charges if they are in excess of the annual free withdrawal amount. (See "Free Withdrawal Amount" under "Withdrawal Charge" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.) In addition, any withdrawals you take under Secured Returns for Life will reduce the value of your benefit under the rider. Such withdrawals affect your benefit differently depending upon whether you are participating in the AB Plan or the WB Plan. In either case, however, a withdrawal may reduce the value of the Benefit by an amount greater than the amount withdrawn.

Assume you are participating in the AB Plan. Any withdrawals you make will reduce the dollar value of your benefits under this rider proportionally to the amount withdrawn. For example, after a partial withdrawal, the new GLB amount will equal

old GLB amount X Account Value immediately after partial withdrawal Account Value immediately before partial withdrawal

Therefore, on your AB Maturity Date, instead of crediting your Account Value with the full amount of your benefit, we will reduce the amount we credit proportionally to the amount withdrawn.

Assume you are participating in the WB Plan and you want to receive the full amount of your guaranteed benefit over a period of years. To maximize your guaranteed benefit, you may withdraw no more than a specified amount each year. In other words, each year, you may withdraw no more than your Maximum WB Amount. Your guaranteed benefit amount (the RGLB amount) will be reduced dollar for dollar, but your Maximum WB Amount will remain unchanged. In other words, you will be able to take the same maximum amount each year until your guaranteed benefit amount is completely withdrawn.

If, however, in any one Contract Year, you withdraw more than the current Maximum WB Amount, the dollar value of your guaranteed benefits will be reduced and the amount of each future annual guaranteed withdrawal will be less. Here is how we calculate the benefit reduction. Your new RGLB amount will be the lesser of:

l	your previous RGLB amount, reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the withdrawal, and
l	your Account Value after the withdrawal.

Yournew GLB Base will be the lesser of:

l	your previous GLB Base reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the excess withdrawal, and
l	your Account Value after the withdrawal.

Your new Maximum WB Amount will be 5% of your new reduced GLB Base. Going forward, this will be the maximum amount that you can withdraw annually without further reducing your benefit.

The Maximum WB Amount is not cumulative. If you withdraw less than the Maximum WB Amount in any one Contract Year, you cannot add that unused portion to withdrawals made in future years to increase the Maximum WB Amount.

Assume you are participating in the WB Plan and, instead, you want to receive a guaranteed annual amount for the rest of your life. To maximize your guaranteed benefit, you may withdraw no more than a specified amount each year. Under this scenario, you may withdraw no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount. Your guaranteed benefit amount (the RGLB amount) will be reduced dollar for dollar, but your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain unchanged. In other words, you will be able to take the same maximum amount each year as long as you are alive, subject to the other terms and conditions described herein.

If, however, in any one Contract Year, you withdraw more than the current Maximum WB for Life Amount, the dollar value of your guaranteed benefits will be reduced and the amount of each future annual guaranteed withdrawal will be less. Here is how we calculate the benefit reduction. Your new Lifetime Income Base will be the lesser of:

l	your previous Lifetime Income Base reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the excess withdrawal, and
l	the Account Value after the withdrawal.

A new Maximum WB for Life Amount will be determined based upon your age on the date of the first withdrawal under the WB Plan (or your age on the most recent "Step-Up Date," if later) as follows:

Your Age on the later of Date of First Withdrawal under WB Plan or Most Recent Step-Up Date	New Maximum WB for Life Amount
65 or older	5% of the new Lifetime Income Base
64 or younger	4% of the new Lifetime Income Base

The Maximum WB for Life Amount is not cumulative. That is to say, the unused portion in any Contract Year cannot be applied in future years to increase the Maximum WB for Life Amount.

In general when participating in the WB Plan, you should keep the following in mind:

l	A withdrawal in excess of the Maximum WB Amount or the Maximum WB for Life Amount might reduce or eliminate your Secured Returns for Life Benefits.
l	If your Account Value drops to zero and, in the same year, you withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your benefits under Secured Returns for Life will terminate.
l	If your Account Value drops to zero but you did not, in the same year, withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount or your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your benefits under Secured Returns for Life will continue. However, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted, no death benefit or annuity benefits will be payable, and all benefits under your Contract, except the right to continue annual withdrawals under this rider, will terminate. You will have two choices:
(1)		You could choose to receive the Maximum WB for Life Amount, if any, until an Owner dies. In that case, after the death of an Owner, your beneficiary receives the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero.
(2)		You (or your beneficiary if an Owner has died) could choose to receive the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero.
	If you do not make a choice, we will default you to option 1.

For examples showing how withdrawals affect your benefits under the WB Plan, see Examples 10, 11, and 12 in this Appendix.

Annuitization Under the WB Plan

Under the WB Plan, if your RGLB Amount and your Account Value are greater than zero on the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you may annuitize your Contract rather than receiving periodic payments under the WB plan. If no prior election to annuitize is on file with the Company, on the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you may elect to:

l	annuitize your Contract;
l	surrender your Contract;
l	receive the Maximum WB Amount each year until the RGLB amount is reduced to zero; or
l	receive the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until an Owner dies and, thereafter, allow the beneficiary to receive the Maximum WB Amount until the RGLB amount, if any, is reduced to zero.

Regardless of whether you elect to annuitize, surrender or receive payments under the WB plan, all other Contract benefits, including the Death Benefit, will terminate on the Annuity Commencement Date. If you fail to make an election, we will automatically annuitize your Contract and provide a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

Cancellation and Revocation of Secured Returns for Life

Transfers among the Designated Funds are permitted as described under "Transfer Privilege." If, however, you transfer some or all of your Account Value out of the Designated Funds, Secured Returns for Life will be automatically cancelled. Likewise, if you allocate one or more subsequent Purchase Payments to an investment option other than one of the Designated Funds, Secured Returns for Life will be cancelled. An assignment of ownership of the Contract will also cancel Secured Returns for Life.

Once Secured Returns for Life has been cancelled, it cannot be reinstated. After cancellation, you will continue to pay the annual charge for Secured Returns for Life until your 7th Contract Anniversary.

Anytime after your 7th Contract Anniversary, you may revoke Secured Returns for Life. Once revoked, Secured Returns for Life may not be reinstated. After Secured Returns for Life has been revoked, all benefits and charges will end.

Step-Up

On or after your third Contract Anniversary, you may elect to increase your guaranteed amount to your then current Account Value ("step-up"). Currently, this step-up election may be made on any day after your third Contract Anniversary. (We reserve the right to require step-up elections to occur only within 30 days following the third or any subsequent Contract Anniversary.)

If you are participating in the AB Plan, on the day we receive your step-up election notice in good order (the "Step-Up Date"), we will increase your GLB amount to an amount equal to your Account Value on the Step-Up Date. If you elect to step-up, at least 3 full years from the Step-Up Date must pass before you can elect another step-up. You can only elect to step-up if:

l	your current Account Value is greater than the current GLB amount, and
l	your Account Value is $5,000,000 or less on your Step-Up Date.

If you are participating in the WB Plan on the Step-Up Date, we will step up your GLB Base, your RGLB amount, and your Lifetime Income Base to an amount equal to your Account Value on that date. If you elect to step-up, at least 3 full years from the Step-Up Date must pass before you can elect another step-up. You can only elect to step-up if:

l	your current Account Value is greater than the current GLB Base and the current Lifetime Income Base, and
l	your Account Value is $5,000,000 or less on your Step-Up Date.

For purposes of determining the above $5,000,000 limits, we reserve the right to aggregate your Account Value with the account values of all other Sun Life variable annuity contracts you own.

If you are in the AB Plan, your Step-Up Date must be at least 10 years prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. If you have selected an Annuity Commencement Date that is prior to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date but is less than 10 years after your Step-Up Date, we will automatically extend your Annuity Commencement Date to equal your AB Plan Maturity Date.

Without a step-up, your benefit under the AB Plan will "mature" on the 10th Contract Anniversary (the date we credit your Account with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value or refund your Secured Returns for Life Rider charge, i.e. the "AB Plan Maturity Date"). If you elect to step-up your GLB amount, the term of your benefit under the AB Plan will change. After you make a step-up election, your benefit under the AB Plan will mature 10 years from the Step-Up Date, unless you elect the WB Plan any time before the AB Plan matures. (See Examples 13, 14, and 15 in this Appendix.)

Following your step-up election, the rider fee will be changed to an amount that may be higher than your current fee as set forth above. The rider fee after the step-up will be set by us, based upon current market conditions, at the time of the step-up.

If you have been receiving benefits under the WB Plan, a step-up will change your Maximum WB Amount and your Maximum WB for Life Amount. Your Step-Up Date must be a date prior to your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. After the step- up, your Maximum WB Amount will be 5% of the new GLB Base, and your Maximum WB for Life Amount will be 4% or 5% of your new Lifetime Income Base depending upon your age. If you are 65 or older on the Step-Up Date and your Maximum WB for Life Amount has been equal to 4% of your GLB Base, your Maximum WB for Life Amount will be increased to 5% of your GLB Base. Note that, if you step-up in a particular Contract Year, any withdrawals previously made in that Contract Year are applied against your new Maximum WB Amount and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount. (See Example 14 in this Appendix.)

If your benefit is under the AB Plan, at the time of step-up, you can still change to the WB Plan at a later date, subject to the applicable age restrictions described under "Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan." (See Examples 14 and 15 in this Appendix.)

Subsequent Purchase Payments After a Step-Up

Under the WB Plan, subsequent Purchase Payments after a step-up will increase, on a dollar for dollar basis, the RGLB amount, the GLB Base, and the Lifetime Income Base. After your fourth Contract Anniversary, if you are participating in the WB Plan, subsequent Purchase Payments are not allowed.

Under the AB Plan, after your step-up election, any subsequent Purchase Payment will increase the GLB amount under your AB Plan by a specified percentage of the subsequent Purchase Payment. The percentage guaranteed depends upon the "Step-Up Year" in which the Payment was made. (A "Step-Up Year" is the 365-day period (366, if a leap year) commencing on your Step-Up Date.) The example below illustrates how we determine the percentage guaranteed after a subsequent Purchase Payment:

Assume you purchased a Contract on July 1, 2005, and elected to step-up your Contract on October 1, 2010. Under the AB Plan that you have elected, your benefit matures on October 1, 2020. For any subsequent Purchase Payments you make, your GLB amount would increase by the following percentages of such Purchase Payments:
Step-Up Year	Payments Made Between	Percentage Added to the GLB amount
1	10/02/10 – 10/01/11	100%
2	10/02/11 – 10/01/12	100%
3	10/02/12 – 10/01/13	85%
4	10/02/13 – 10/01/14	85%
5	10/02/14 – 10/01/15	85%
6	10/02/15 – 10/01/16	70%
7	10/02/16 – 10/01/17	70%
8	10/02/17 – 10/01/18	70%
9	10/02/18 – 10/01/19	60%
10	10/02/19 – 10/01/20	60%

Thus, only 70% of a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 2, 2015, would be guaranteed whereas 85% of a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 1, 2015, would be guaranteed. It may be disadvantageous for you to make any such Purchase Payments that increase the GLB amount by less than 100% of the payment.

Refund of Secured Returns for Life Charges Under the AB Plan

If your Contract remains in the AB Plan until the AB Plan Maturity Date, and the Account Value is greater than or equal to the GLB amount, then we will refund the charges you have paid for Secured Returns for Life ("Refund Amount") by crediting the Refund Amount to your Account Value. The Refund Amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Designated Funds in which you are invested on such AB Plan Maturity Date. No refund of the Secured Returns for Life rider charges will be made if you change from the AB Plan to the WB Plan.

Certain Tax Considerations

Certain tax considerations may be important to you in connection with a living benefit rider, such as Secured Returns for Life. For a discussion of some of these considerations, please refer to "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" and "TAX CONSIDERATIONS - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.

In this connection, under "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" you should refer to "Tax Issues Under Secured Returns for Life Plus," for a discussion of the treatment of RMD distributions under a living benefit rider. Although that discussion is phrased in terms of the Secured Returns for Life Plus rider, it also applies to the Secured Returns for Life rider.

ALL OF THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ARE BASED UPON THE ASSUMPTION THAT YOU PURCHASED A CONTRACT ON JANUARY 1, 2006 WITH AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $100,000 AND YOU ELECTED SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE.  YOUR INITIAL GLB AMOUNT EQUALS YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT OF $100,000.

EXAMPLE 1: Calculation of Benefits under AB Plan.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time and that your Designated Funds have had low investment performance.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2016, your Account Value is $85,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $4,625.
l	Because your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $15,000 [$100,000 - $85,000], an amount equal to $15,000 will be deposited into your Contract.

EXAMPLE 2: Calculation of Benefits under AB Plan with Subsequent Purchase Payments.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB Plan at any time and that your Designated Funds had low investment performance.
l	On June 1, 2010, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	Because the subsequent Purchase Payment was made in the fifth Contract Year, we guarantee the return of 85% of that Purchase Payment, or $68,000.  On June 1, 2010, your GLB amount is $168,000 [$100,000 + ($80,000 x 85%)].
l	Assume that on January 1, 2016, your Account Value is $150,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $6,725.
l	Because your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $18,000 [$168,000 - $150,000], an amount equal to $18,000 will be deposited into your Contract.

EXAMPLE 3: Calculation of Benefits under AB Plan with Subsequent Purchase Payment; Refund Applies.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB Plan at any time and that your Designated Funds had low investment performance.
l	On June 1, 2010, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	Because the subsequent Purchase Payment was made in the fifth Contract Year, we guarantee the return of 85% of that Purchase Payment, or $68,000.  On June 1, 2010, your GLB amount is $168,000 [$100,000 + ($80,000 x 85%)].
l	Assume that on January 1, 2016, your Account Value is $200,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $7,500.
l	Because your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount by $32,000 [$200,000 - $168,000], your Contract will be credited with an amount equal to the rider charges you have paid [$7,500], increasing your Account Value to $207,500.

EXAMPLE 4: Calculation of Benefits under WB Plan; Lifetime Withdrawals.

l	Assume you are age 60 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB for Life Amount annually.
l	On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 60].
l	On December 31, 2006, after your first systematic withdrawal of $4,000:
l		Your Account Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal [$4,000].
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $96,000 [$100,000-$4,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l	Assume you take only annual systematic withdrawals of $4,000 for a total of 20 years.  Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments.  Assume that, because of poor investment performance of your Designated Funds, your Account Value equals zero.  On December 31, 2025:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawal, is $20,000 [$100,000-($4,000 x 20)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
	Even though your rights under the annuity Contract terminated when the Account Value became zero, we will continue to make payments to you.  At this point, however, you must choose between:
		(1)  withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until an Owner dies or
		(2)  withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your GLB amount is reduced to zero.
l	Assume you elect to take annual payments of your Maximum WB for Life Amount.  On December 31, 2030, when your GLB amount is reduced to zero:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your GLB Base equals zero because your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
	You will continue to receive $4,000 per year as long as you are alive.

EXAMPLE 5: Calculation of Benefits under WB Plan; Early Withdrawals.

l	Assume you are age 56 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually.
l	On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is zero because you have not passed your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is zero [4% of your Lifetime Income Base].
l	On December 31, 2006, after your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Maximum WB Amount:
l		Your Account Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal [$5,000].
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is zero because you have not passed your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday.
l	Assume you take only systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 3 years.  Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments. On December 1, 2008, you celebrate your 59th birthday.  On January 1, 2009:
l		Your Account Value has been reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals [$15,000].
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawal, is $85,000 [$100,000-($5,000 x 3)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is set at $85,000 [an amount equal to the GLB amount on your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,400 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are less than 65 years old].
l	Assume you elect to take only annual systematic withdraws of no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount [$3,400] for an additional 20 years. Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, and that your Account Value reduces to zero.  On December 31, 2028:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals, is $17,000 [85,000 – ($3,400 x 20)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than the Maximum WB Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $85,000 because you did not withdraw more than the Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
l	Assume you elect to take annual payments of your Maximum WB for Life Amount until your GLB amount is reduced to zero in 2033.
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your GLB Base equals zero because your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $85,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
	You will continue to receive $3,400 per year as long as you are alive.

EXAMPLE 6: Calculation of Benefits under WB Plan with Subsequent Purchase Payments; Lifetime Withdrawals.

l	Assume you are age 60 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB for Life Amount annually.
l	On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 60].
l	On December 31, 2006, after your first systematic withdrawal of $4,000:
l		Your Account Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal [$4,000].
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $96,000 [$100,000-$4,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l	Assume you take only annual systematic withdrawals of $4,000 for a total of 4 years.  Assume you make a subsequent Purchase Payment of $50,000, in your 4th Contract Year.  Assume also that, immediately before the subsequent Purchase Payment, your Account Value was $80,000.  On December 31, 2009:
l		Your Account Value equals $130,000 [$80,000 + $50,000].
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals and increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $134,000 [$100,000 - ($4,000 x 4) + $50,000].
l		Your GLB Base, increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $150,000.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $7,500 [5% of your new GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base, increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $150,000.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $6,000 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
	You may increase your annual systematic withdrawals to $6,000 without any effect on your future lifetime benefits.
l	Assume you elect to take only annual systematic withdraws of no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount [$6,000] for an additional 20 years. Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, and that your Account Value reduces to zero.  On December 31, 2029:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals is $14,000 [$134,000 – ($6,000 x 20)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $150,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $150,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
	Even though your rights under the annuity Contract terminated when the Account Value became zero, we will continue to make payments to you.  At this point, however, you must choose between:
		(1)  withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until an Owner dies or
		(2)  withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your GLB amount is reduced to zero.
l	Assume you elect to take annual payments of your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,000 until your GLB amount is reduced to zero in 2032.
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your GLB Base equals zero because your GLB amount equals zero.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $150,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
	You will continue to receive $6,000 per year as long as you are alive.

EXAMPLE 7: Calculation of Explicit Rider Charges.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time.  Assume that your Account Value increases at an annual rate of 5% per year throughout the next ten years.  Also assume that you do not elect to step-up at any time.
l	On March 31, 2006, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life is taken is $101,196.79.  The charge deducted on March 31, 2006 is $126.50 ($101,196.79 x .00125).  Therefore, your ending Account Value on March 31, 2006 is $101,070.29 ($101,196.79 - $126.50).
l	On June 30, 2006, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life is taken is $102,307.23.  The fee deducted on June 30, 2006 is $127.88 ($102,307.23 x .00125).  Therefore, your ending Account Value on June 30, 2006 is $102,179.35 ($102,307.23 - $127.88).
l	On September 30, 2006, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life is taken is $103,443.69.  The fee deducted on September 30, 2006 is  $129.30 ($103,443.69 x .00125).  Therefore, your ending Account Value on September 30, 2006 is $103,314.39 ($103,443.69 - $129.30).
l	This pattern continues until the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2016.  On that date, your Account will be credited with a payment.  If your current Account Value is less than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the difference between these two amounts.  If your current Account Value is greater than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the sum of all of Secured Returns for Life charges that have been made.  Note that if Secured Returns for Life was revoked or cancelled before the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2016, then no Secured Returns for Life credit will be made to your Account.

EXAMPLE 8: Withdrawals under the AB Plan; low investment performance.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2007, you withdraw 10% of your Account Value of $110,000 (or $11,000).  Your Account Value is now $99,000.
l	On January 1, 2007, your GLB amount will be reset to $90,000. This equals the previous GLB amount reduced proportional to the amount of Account Value withdrawn, or $100,000 x [$99,000 ÷$110,000].
l	Assume you make no more withdrawals or Purchase Payments and that your Account Value on January 1, 2016 is $87,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $4,710.
l	Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $3,000, an amount equal to $3,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($90,000 - $87,000).

EXAMPLE 9: Withdrawals with Subsequent Purchase Payments under the AB Plan; low investment performance.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB Plan at any time.
l	On June 1, 2010, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	On June 1, 2010, your GLB amount is $168,000 [$100,000 + ($80,000 x 85%)].
l	Assume that, on June 1, 2012, you withdraw $40,000 and that your Account Value is $240,000 at this time.  After the withdrawal, your Account Value is $200,000.
l	On June 1, 2012, your GLB amount is reset to $140,000. This equals the previous GLB amount reduced proportional to the amount of Account Value withdrawn, or $168,000 x [$200,000 ÷ $240,000].
l	Assume you make no more withdrawals or Purchase Payments and that your Account Value on January 1, 2016, is $125,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $7,200.
l	Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $15,000, an amount equal to $15,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($140,000 - $125,000).

EXAMPLE 10: Withdrawals under WB Plan Exceeding Maximum WB for Life Amount;  Poor Investment Performance.

l	Assume you are age 63 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually.  Assume that your Designated Funds have had poor investment performance, losing 2% a year over the course of the Contract. On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 63].
l	On December 31, 2006, after you take your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Account Value is $93,000:
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is reduced to $93,000 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 -  ($5,000 - $4,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$93,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,720  [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take annual systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 16 years. Because of poor investment performance of your Designated Funds, your Account Value decreases to $3,330.  In addition, because you have taken withdrawals in excess of the Maximum WB for Life Amount, your Lifetime Income Base is now $3,330. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is now 4% or $3,330 or $133.
l	Assume you Designated Funds earn -2% in Contract Year 17, and that you take another $5,000 withdrawal. On December 31, 2022:
l		Your Account Value is zero.
l		Your GLB amount is $15,000 [$100,000 - ($5,000 x 17)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than the Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is zero [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$3,330 -  ($5,000 - $133)] and (2) your new Account Value [$0]].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is still $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals zero [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
	Even though your Contract has terminated because your Account Value has reduced to zero, we will pay you the Maximum WB Amount of $5,000 per year for three more years, until your GLB amount is reduced to zero.

EXAMPLE 11: Withdrawals under WB Plan Exceeding Maximum WB for Life Amount;  Positive Investment Performance.

l	Assume you are age 63 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually.  Assume that your Designated Funds have had positive investment performance, gaining 2% a year over the course of the Contract.  On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 63].
l	On December 31, 2006, after you take your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Account Value is $97,000:
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is reduced to $97,000 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 -  ($5,000 - $4,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$97,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,880  [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take annual systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 19 years. Your GLB amount has been reduced to $5,000 [$100,000 - ($5,000 x 19)]. Because of good investment performance of your Designated Funds, your Account Value is now $31,478. In addition, because you have taken withdrawals in excess of the Maximum WB for Life Amount, your Lifetime Income Base is also now $31,478. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is now 4% of $31,478, or $1,259.
l	Assume your Designated Funds earn 2% in Contract Year 20, and that you take another $5,000 withdrawal. On December 31, 2025:
l		Your Account Value is $27,108.
l		Your GLB amount is zero [$5,000 remaining - $5,000 withdrawal].
l		Your GLB Base is zero because your GLB amount is equal to zero.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $27,108 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$31,478 -  ($5,000 - $1,259)] and (2) your new Account Value [$27,108]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals $1,084 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base of $27,108].
	Because your Lifetime Income Base is greater than zero, you may take annual withdrawals up to the Maximum WB for Life Amount until you die or annuitize. If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that does not exceed you Maximum WB for Life Amount, we will continue to pay your then current Maximum WB for Life Amount each year as long as you are alive. If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your Lifetime Income Base will be reduced to zero, your Maximum WB for Life Amount will become zero, and no more benefits will be paid.

EXAMPLE 12: Withdrawals under WB Plan Exceeding Maximum WB Amount.

l	Assume you are age 63 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006.  Assume that your Designated Funds have had poor investment performance, losing 2% a year over the course of the Contract.  On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 63].
l	On December 31, 2006, after you take a withdrawal of $6,000, your Account Value is $92,000:
l		Your GLB amount is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB amount minus the withdrawal [$100,000-$6,000] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your GLB Base is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 – ($6,000 - $5,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is now $4,600 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 -  ($6,000 - $4,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,680  [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base of $92,000].
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take annual systematic withdrawals of $6,000 for a total of 13 years. Due to the of poor investment performance of your Designated Funds, your Account Value is now $7,609. Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount, your GLB amount is also now $7,609.  Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount, your GLB Base is also now $7,609.  Your Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $7,609, or $380.  Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your Lifetime Income Base is also now $7,609.  Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is 4% of $7,609, or $304.
l	Assume your Designated Funds earn -2% in Contract Year 14, and that you take another $6,000 withdrawal.  On December 31, 2022:
l		Your Account Value is $1, 457 [$7,609 x (1 - 0.02) - $6,000].
l		Your GLB amount is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB amount minus the withdrawal amount ($7,609 - $6,000) and (2) your new Account Value ($1,457)].
l		Your GLB Base is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB Base minus the excess withdrawal [$7,609 - $6,000 - $380)] and (2) your new Account Value ($1,457)].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount equals $73 [5% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$7,609 -  ($6,000 - $304)] and (2) your new Account Value [$1,457]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals $58 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base of $1,457].
	Because your GLB Base is greater than zero, you may take annual withdrawals up to the Maximum WB Amount until your GLB amount becomes zero. Because your Lifetime Income Base is greater than zero, you may take annual withdrawals up to the Maximum WB for Life Amount until you die or annuitize. Any withdrawal you take that is greater than your Maximum WB Amount will reduce your GLB Base (and hence, give you a new, reduced Maximum WB Amount).  Any withdrawal you take that is greater than your Maximum WB for Life Amount will reduce your Lifetime Income Base (and hence, give you a new, reduced Maximum WB for Life Amount). If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that does not exceed your Maximum WB for Life Amount, you must choose between:
(1)			withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until an Owner dies, or
(2)			withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your GLB amount is reduced to zero.
	If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds your Maximum WB for Life Amount but does not exceed your Maximum WB Amount, your Lifetime Income Base will become zero, but we will continue to pay your then current Maximum WB Amount each year until your GLB is reduced to zero.
	If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds both your Maximum WB for Life Amount and your Maximum WB Amount, your Lifetime Income Base, your GLB amount, and your GLB Base will all be reduced to zero, your Maximum WB for Life Amount and your Maximum WB Amount will both become zero, and no more benefits will be paid.

EXAMPLE 13: Step-up elected under AB Plan.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time.  Assume that your Account Value was $150,000 on January 1, 2009.  Since this amount is greater than your GLB amount, you may step-up to a new 10-year period, with a new GLB amount of $150,000. Assume that you elect to step-up.
l	Your Maturity Date is reset to January 1, 2019 (ten years after the date of the step-up). Assume that on January 1, 2019, your Account Value is $130,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $8,875.
l	Since your Account Value is lower than your stepped-up GLB by $20,000, an amount equal to $20,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($150,000 - $130,000).

EXAMPLE 14: Step-up elected under WB Plan.

l	Assume you are age 65 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2006, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually.  Assume that your Designated Funds have had good investment performance, gaining 6% a year over the course of the Contract.  On January 1, 2006:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your GLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000 [5% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 65].
l	On December 31, 2006, after you take your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Account Value is $101,000:
l		Your GLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000  [5% of your Lifetime Income Base].
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 3 years. On December 31, 2008:
l		Your Account Value is $103,184.
l		Your GLB amount is $85,000 [$100,000 - ($5,000 x 3)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000  [5% of your Lifetime Income Base].
	Because your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount, your GLB Base, and your Lifetime Income Base, you may step-up your GLB amount, your GLB Base, and your Lifetime Income Base each to an amount equal to your current Account Value. Assume you elect to step-up.  On January 1, 2009*:
l		Your Account Value is $103,184.
l		Your GLB amount is $103,184.
l		Your GLB Base is $103,184.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,159 [5% of your new GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $103,184.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,159  [5% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
*	Note:  Assume instead that you elected to step-up sometime in 2009 after your withdrawal of $5,000 was taken and that your Account Value at the time of the step-up was $103,184.  Your new Maximum WB Amount and new Maximum WB for Life amount would apply so that you could withdraw an additional $159 without exceeding your maximum amounts.

EXAMPLE 15: Subsequent Purchase Payments after Step-up under the AB Plan; Refund Applies.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time.  Assume that your Account Value was $150,000 on January 1, 2009.  Since this amount is greater than your GLB amount, you may step-up to a new 10-year period, with a new GLB amount of $150,000. Assume that you elect to step-up. Your Maturity Date is reset to January 1, 2019 (ten years after the date of the step-up).
l	On June 1, 2010, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	On June 1, 2010, your GLB amount is $230,000 [$150,000 + ($80,000 x 100%)].  Since it has been less than two years since the step-up was elected, the GLB amount is increased by 100% of the new Purchase Payment amount.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2019 (your Maturity Date), your Account Value is $280,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $13,850.
l	Because your Account Value is greater than the GLB amount of $230,000, your account will be credited with the amount of your rider charges, increasing your Account Value to $293,850.

APPENDIX E -

PREVIOUSLY AVAILABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS

The current available variable investment options are those listed on page 1 of this prospectus.

If you purchased your Contract before March 5, 2007, you may make subsequent Purchase Payments and transfers into the following investment options that were available for investment prior to that date:

Large-Cap Equity Funds	Large-Cap Equity Funds (continued)
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series,	MFS®/ Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust
A Class*	MFS®/ Sun Life Research - S Class
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series,	MFS®/ Sun Life Strategic Growth - S Class
A Class*	Emerging Markets Equity Funds
MFS®/ Sun Life Capital Opportunities - S Class	MFS®/ Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity - S Class
MFS®/ Sun Life Emerging Growth - S Class	Small-Cap Equity Funds
MFS®/ Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock -	MFS®/ Sun Life New Discovery - S Class
S Class	Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA
	- Service Shares

* Only available if you purchased your Contract through a Bank of America representative.

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, advises the Columbia Funds (with Marsico Capital Management, LLC, sub-advising the Columbia Marsico Funds). Massachusetts Financial Services Company advises the MFS®/Sun Life Funds. OppenheimerFunds, Inc. advises the Oppenheimer Funds. Sun Capital Advisers LLC advises the Sun Capital Funds.

If you purchased your Contract from a Bank of America representative before April 22, 2007, you may make subsequent Purchase Payments and transfers into the following investment options that were available for investment prior to that date:

Mid-Cap Equity Funds	Small-Cap Equity Funds
Wanger Select	Wanger US Smaller Companies
Emerging Markets Equity Funds	Money Market Funds
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series -	Sun Capital Money Market Fund® - S Class
Class B

Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, advises the Columbia Funds. Columbia Wanger Asset Management, L.P. advises Wanger U.S. Smaller Companies and Wanger Select. Sun Capital Advisers LLC advises the Sun Capital Funds.

APPENDIX F -

SECURED RETURNS 2 BENEFIT

The following information applies to your Contract if you elected to participate in the optional living benefit rider Secured Returns 2 and did not replace it with the Secured Returns for Life Rider, which was available for such replacements for a limited period of time beginning in November 2005. The Secured Returns 2 rider is no longer available for sale on new Contracts. Since we are no longer offering this rider to new Owners, renewals of the Secured Returns 2 Benefit are no longer available.

The Secured Returns 2 Benefit ("Benefit" or "Secured Returns 2") guarantees a return of your Purchase Payments (adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and withdrawals), regardless of the investment performance of the underlying funds, provided that you comply with certain Benefit requirements.  The amount guaranteed can be greater than or less than your Account Value. All Benefits and charges under Secured Returns 2 terminate upon annuitization.

Secured Returns 2 is available only if you are age 79 or younger on the Open Date.  If you choose to participate in the Benefit, you must make your election no later than your Issue Date.  You may combine the Benefit with the MAV optional death benefit rider. Upon annuitization, Secured Returns 2 and any elected optional death benefit rider automatically terminate.

To participate in Secured Returns 2, all of your Account Value must be invested in one or more of the "Designated Funds" during the entire term of the plan:  a 10-year period under the AB Plan or, if you elected the WB Plan, until the guaranteed amount is reduced to zero. The only Funds and asset allocation models that currently qualify as "Designated Funds" are as follows:

Asset Allocation Models	Funds
Conservative Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Conservative Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service - Class 2
Moderate Aggressive Asset Allocation	Fidelity VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2
Sun Capital Balanced Return Model	MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series - S Class
	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA - Service Shares

We reserve the right to change the available Designated Funds on new and existing Contracts without prior notice. Any time there is a change, your Account Value will remain in the current Designated Funds, but future transfers or Purchase Payments may be allocated only to the Designated Funds then available.

Unlike other Contract charges, the charge for Secured Returns 2 will not be calculated as a percentage of average daily net assets as described under "Variable Accumulation Unit Value." Instead, the charge for the Benefit will be made as a specific deduction from the Account Value, taken on the last valuation day of the Account Quarter. The charge per year is equal to 0.50% of your Account Value.  The quarterly charge will be determined by multiplying the Account Value at the end of the Account Quarter by 0.00125.  (See Example 12 in this Appendix.)  The specific amount of the quarterly charge will be reflected on your quarterly account statement.  We will continue to deduct this charge until you annuitize or your Secured Returns 2 Benefit expires or is revoked. Cancellation of the Benefit (caused by a transfer out of the Designated Funds or a Purchase Payment allocation to a non-Designated Fund) will not terminate the charge, until the 7th Contract Anniversary. Anytime after your 7th Contract Anniversary, you may revoke Secured Returns 2.  Once revoked, Secured Returns 2 may not be reinstated.  After Secured Returns 2 has been revoked, all benefits and charges will end.

Transfers among the Designated Funds are permitted as described under "Transfer Privilege" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.  If however you transfer some or all of your Account Value out of the Designated Funds into another investment option offered under your Contract, the Secured Returns 2 Benefit will be automatically cancelled. Likewise, if you allocate one or more subsequent Purchase Payments to an investment option other than one of the Designated Funds, the Secured Returns 2 Benefit will be cancelled.  Once the Benefit has been cancelled, it cannot be reinstated.  After the cancellation of the Benefit, you will continue to pay the annual charge for the Benefit until your 7th Contract Anniversary.

If you elect Secured Returns 2, you may choose to receive your Benefit under one of two plans:  the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan or the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan.

If you elect Secured Returns 2, you are automatically enrolled in the AB Plan. After your first Contract Anniversary, you may elect instead to receive your Benefit under the WB Plan, provided that you make the election prior to the earliest of your 76th birthday, the date you annuitize, and the date your AB Plan matures. Once you elect to participate in the WB Plan, you may not change your election to the AB Plan.  If you do not specifically elect the WB Plan, you will be deemed to have elected to remain in the AB Plan.

All withdrawals under Secured Returns 2 are subject to withdrawal charges if they are in excess of the annual free withdrawal amount.  (See "Free Withdrawal Amount" under "Withdrawal Charge" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached) In addition, if you have elected Secured Returns 2, but have not yet elected to participate in the WB Plan, any withdrawals you make will reduce your Guaranteed Living Benefit Amount ("GLB amount") proportionally to the amount of Account Value withdrawn. For examples showing how withdrawals affect your benefits under Secured Returns 2, see Examples 6, 7, 8, 9 and 11 in this Appendix.

Under the terms of the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit ("AB") Plan, on your 10th Contract Anniversary, we will credit your Account Value with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value after the application of any other Contract transactions.  Any such amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to all Designated Funds in which you are invested at that time.  Your GLB amount is equal to the sum of 100% of your initial Purchase Payment plus a specified percentage of any subsequent Purchase Payments, adjusted in amount for partial withdrawals.  One or more subsequent Purchase Payments during the 10-year period will not restart the 10-year period. For each subsequent Purchase Payment after the second Contract Anniversary, we will increase the GLB amount by less than 100% of the Purchase Payment depending upon the Contract Year in which it was made, as follows:

Contract Year in which Purchase Payment was made	Percentage guaranteed
1-2	100%
3-5	85%
6-8	70%
9-10	60%

For examples of how we calculate benefits under the AB Plan, see Examples 1, 2, and 3 in this Appendix.  Note that the timing and amount of subsequent Purchase Payments may affect the total Secured Returns 2 Benefit. In particular, it may be disadvantageous for you to make Purchase Payments that increase the GLB amount by less than 100% of the payment.

If your Contract remains in the AB Plan until it "matures" on the later of your 10th Contract Anniversary or 10 years from your most recent Step-Up Date, and the Account Value is greater than or equal to the GLB amount on the "maturity date," then we will refund the charges you have paid for Secured Returns 2 ("Refund Amount") by crediting the Refund Amount to your Account Value.  The Refund Amount will be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Designated Funds in which you are invested on such "maturity date." No refund of Secured Return 2 charges will be made if you change from the AB Plan to the WB Plan.

To calculate the GLB amount after a partial withdrawal under the AB Plan, we multiply the GLB amount immediately before the withdrawal by the ratio of the Account Value immediately after the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal.  (See Examples 6 and 9 in this Appendix.)

If you die while participating in the AB Plan, all benefits and charges under Secured Returns 2 will automatically terminate when we receive Due Proof of Death, unless your surviving spouse is the sole Beneficiary. In that case, your surviving spouse may elect to continue the Contract.  If such election is made, the same Secured Returns 2 Benefit will apply.  Your surviving spouse can elect the WB Plan at any time prior to the earliest of annuitization, the surviving spouse's 81st birthday, and the date the AB Plan is scheduled to "mature".  If your surviving spouse does not elect the WB Plan, the AB Plan will continue on the same terms, for your surviving spouse, even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit.  (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.)  In all cases, the GLB amount will not reset upon your death, but the charges under Secured Returns 2 will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value.

If the Contract is not continued by your surviving spouse following your death while participating in the AB Plan, your Beneficiary may elect any available option under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Under the terms of the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("WB") Plan, you may withdraw up to a set dollar amount from your Account Value each year, during which the WB Plan is in effect, until your remaining GLB amount equals zero.  Once the remaining GLB amount is reduced to zero, the Secured Returns 2 Benefit will expire and no new Purchase Payments will be accepted into the WB Plan.  This set dollar amount, or "maximum WB amount," is equal to 7% of the remaining GLB amount on the date you elect to participate in the WB Plan.  You are not required to make any withdrawals after you have elected the WB Plan; however, if you withdraw more than the maximum WB amount in any Contract Year, your remaining GLB amount and future guaranteed withdrawals will be reduced in the manner discussed further below. You should be aware that a withdrawal in excess of the maximum WB amount might significantly reduce your Secured Returns 2 Benefits if your Account Value is less than your remaining GLB amount.  In all cases, the value you will receive upon a full withdrawal, or "surrender" of your Contract, will be your Contract's Surrender Value and not the remaining GLB amount. Provided any remaining GLB amount is not reduced to zero, any subsequent Purchase Payment made after you have elected the WB Plan, and before your fourth Contract Anniversary, will increase your remaining GLB amount by 100% of such subsequent Purchase Payment.  Your maximum WB amount will increase by 7% of such subsequent Purchase Payment.  After your fourth Contract Anniversary, you may not make any additional Purchase Payments unless your WB Plan has expired.

Once you have elected to participate in the WB Plan, withdrawals of no more than the maximum WB amount will reduce the remaining GLB amount dollar for dollar. If you are participating in the WB Plan and you withdraw, in any one Contract Year, more than the current maximum WB amount, the remaining GLB amount will be reduced to equal the lesser of:

(a)	your previous remaining GLB amount reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the withdrawal, or
(b)	your Account Value.

If (b), above, is less than (a), then your maximum WB amount will be reduced so that the new remaining GLB amount will expire on the same date it would have had the maximum WB amount been withdrawn every year thereafter.  (See Example 7 in this Appendix.)

The maximum WB amount is not cumulative.  That is to say, if you withdraw less than the maximum WB amount in any one Contract Year, you cannot add that unused portion to withdrawals made in future years to exceed the maximum WB amount.

Under the WB Plan, your Secured Returns 2 benefits will continue until your remaining GLB amount is reduced to zero, even if your Account Value drops to zero.  If your Account Value drops to zero, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted and no death benefit will be payable.  We will however, continue to pay the maximum WB amount each Contract Year while you are alive until your remaining GLB amount has been reduced to zero.

For examples of how we calculate benefits under the WB Plan, see Examples 4 and 5 in this Appendix.

If you die while participating in the WB Plan and your surviving spouse, as the sole Beneficiary, elects to continue the Contract, Secured Returns 2 will continue on the same terms, for your surviving spouse, even though the Account Value may have been enhanced under the provisions of the death benefit.  (See "Spousal Continuance" under "DEATH BENEFIT" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.)  In such case, the remaining GLB amount will not reset upon your death, but the charges under Secured Returns 2 will be assessed against the enhanced Account Value. In all other situations, the Beneficiary may elect to exercise any of the available options under the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract, or in the alternative, to receive the maximum WB amount on an annual basis until the remaining GLB amount has been reduced to zero.

After your fifth Contract Anniversary, you may elect to increase ("step-up") your GLB amount or remaining GLB amount to your then current Account Value.  Currently, this step-up election may be made on any day after your fifth Contract Anniversary.  (We reserve the right to require step-up elections to occur only within 30 days following the fifth or any subsequent Contract Anniversary.)  On the day we receive your step-up election notice in good order (the "Step-Up Date"), we will increase your GLB or remaining GLB amount to an amount equal to your Account Value on the Step-Up Date.  If you elect to step-up your GLB or remaining GLB amount, at least 5 full years from the Step-Up Date must pass before you can elect another step-up.  You can only elect to step-up the GLB or remaining GLB amount if the current Account Value is greater than the current GLB or remaining GLB amount.  If you are in the AB Plan, you must be less than age 85 on the Step-Up Date.  If you are in the WB Plan, you must be less than age 81 on the Step-Up Date.

Following your step-up election, the rider fee may be changed to an amount that may be higher than your current Secured Returns 2 fee as discussed above. The rider fee after the step-up will be set by us, based upon current market conditions at the time of the step-up.

If you are participating in the AB Plan and you elect to step-up your GLB amount, the term of your benefit under the AB Plan will change.  Without a step-up, your benefit under the AB Plan will "mature" on the 10th Contract Anniversary (the date we credit your Account with any excess of your GLB amount over your Account Value or refund your Secured Returns 2 rider charges). After you make a step-up election, your benefit under the AB Plan will mature 10 years from the Step-Up Date.  (See Example 2 in this Appendix.)

If you have been receiving benefits under the WB Plan, a step-up may change your "maximum WB amount."  After the step up, your "maximum WB amount" will become the greater of the current "maximum WB amount" and 7% of your new remaining GLB amount.  Note that, if you step-up in a particular Contract Year, any withdrawals previously made in that Contract Year are applied against your new "maximum WB amount."  (See Example 8 in this Appendix.)

At the time of a step-up, if your benefit is under the AB Plan, you can still change to the WB Plan at a later date, subject to the applicable age restrictions described above.

Because Purchase Payments, under the WB Plan, are not allowed after your fourth Contract Anniversary, you must be participating in the AB Plan to make any subsequent Purchase Payments after a Step-Up. After your step-up election, any subsequent Purchase Payment will increase the GLB amount under your AB Plan by a specified percentage of the subsequent Purchase Payment. The percentage guaranteed depends upon "Step-Up Year" in which the Payment was made.  (A "Step-Up Year" is the 365-day period (366, if a leap year) commencing on your Step-Up Date.)  The example below illustrates how we determine the percentage guaranteed after a subsequent Purchase Payment:

	Assume you purchased a Contract on July 1, 2005, and elected to step-up your Contract on October 1, 2010.  Under the AB Plan that you have elected, your benefit matures on October 1, 2020.  For any subsequent Purchase Payments you make, your GLB amount will increase by the following percentages:
Step-Up Year		Payments Made Between	Percentage Guaranteed
1		10/02/10 – 10/01/11	100%
2		10/02/11 – 10/01/12	100%
3		10/02/12 – 10/01/13	85%
4		10/02/13 – 10/01/14	85%
5		10/02/14 – 10/01/15	85%
6		10/02/15 – 10/01/16	70%
7		10/02/16 – 10/01/17	70%
8		10/02/17 – 10/01/18	70%
9		10/02/18 – 10/01/19	60%
10		10/02/19 – 10/01/20	60%

Thus, a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 2, 2015, will provide only a 70% guarantee whereas a subsequent Purchase Payment made on October 1, 2015, will provide an 85% guarantee. (See Example 10 in this Appendix.) It may be disadvantageous for you to make any such Purchase Payments that increase the GLB amount by less than 100% of the payment.

Certain tax considerations may be important to you in connection with a living benefit rider, such as Secured Returns 2. For a discussion of some of these considerations, please refer to "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" and "TAX CONSIDERATIONS - Impact of Optional Death Benefit and Optional Living Benefit Riders" in the Prospectus to which this Appendix is attached.

In this connection, under "TAX ISSUES UNDER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS" you should refer to "Tax Issues Under Secured Returns for Life Plus," for a discussion of the treatment of RMD distributions under a living benefit rider. Although that discussion is phrased in terms of the Secured Returns for Life Plus rider, it also applies to the Secured Returns 2 rider. (You may simply disregard any references in that discussion to Secured Returns for Life Plus features that are not also features of Secured Returns 2.)

ALL OF THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES ARE BASED UPON THE ASSUMPTION YOU ELECTED THE SECURED RETURNS 2 BENEFIT ON JANUARY 1, 2005 WITH AN INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT OF $100,000.  YOUR INITIAL GLB AMOUNT EQUALS YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENT AMOUNT OF $100,000.

EXAMPLE 1: Low investment performance; no WB election.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time and that your Designated Funds have had low investment performance.  Since your Account Value was below the GLB amount of $100,000 from January 1, 2010 through January 1, 2015, the step-up feature is not available.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2015, your Account Value is $85,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $4,625.
l	Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $15,000, an amount equal to $15,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($100,000 - $85,000).

EXAMPLE 2: Low investment performance; no WB election; step-up elected.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time and that your Designated Funds have had low investment performance.  However, assume that your Account Value was $150,000 on January 1, 2010.  Since this amount is greater than your GLB amount, you may step-up to a new 10 year period, with a new GLB amount of $150,000. Assume that you do elect to step-up.
l	Your new GMAB rider maturity date is now January 1, 2020 (ten years after the date of the step-up). Assume that on January 1, 2020, your Account Value is $130,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $10,125.
l	Since your Account Value is lower than your stepped-up GLB by $20,000, an amount equal to $20,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($150,000 - $130,000).

EXAMPLE 3: High investment performance; no WB election; refund applies.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time and that your Designated Funds have had high investment performance.  Assume that your Account Value was $150,000 on January 1, 2010.  Since this amount is greater than your GLB amount, you may step-up to a new 10-year period, with a new GLB amount of $150,000.  Assume that you do not elect to step-up.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2015, your Account Value is $200,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $7,500.
l	Because your Account Value is greater than the GLB amount of $100,000, your account will be credited with the amount of your rider charges, increasing your Account Value to $207,500.

EXAMPLE 4: Low investment performance; WB election.

l	Assume that you elect the WB plan at the beginning of the second Contract Year and then choose to systematically withdraw the maximum WB amount (i.e., 7% of the $100,000 remaining GLB amount, or $7,000).
l	On December 31, 2006, your remaining GLB amount will be $93,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $91,000.
l	On December 31, 2007, your remaining GLB amount will be $86,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $80,000.  The $7,000 withdrawals continue for seven more years.  Assume that from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014, your Account Value is less than your remaining GLB amount.  Therefore, the step-up feature is not available.
l	On December 31, 2014, your remaining GLB amount will be $37,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $0.
l	These withdrawals of $7,000 continue until the remaining GLB amount runs out in year 2020.  At that time, Secured Returns 2 terminates.

EXAMPLE 5: High investment performance; WB election; step-up elected.

l	Assume that you elect the WB plan at the beginning of the second Contract Year and then choose to systematically withdraw the maximum WB amount (i.e., 7% of the $100,000 remaining GLB amount, or $7,000).
l	On December 31, 2006, your remaining GLB amount will be $93,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $95,000.
l	On December 31, 2007, your remaining GLB amount will be $86,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $90,000.  The $7,000 withdrawals continue for two more years.  Assume that on January 1, 2010, your Account Value is $80,000 and your remaining GLB amount is $72,000.  Since your Account Value is greater than your remaining GLB amount, you may step-up your remaining GLB amount to $80,000.  Assume you elect to step-up.  Your maximum WB amount is calculated as 7% of $80,000 = $5,600.  However, since this is less than your current maximum WB amount of $7,000, your maximum WB amount will remain at $7,000.
l	Assume you continue to withdraw $7,000 per year for four more years.  On December 31, 2013, your remaining GLB amount will be $52,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $56,000.
l	These $7,000 withdrawals continue.  On December 31, 2020, the remaining GLB amount equals $3,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value equals $20,000.
l	Assume that you withdraw $3,000 on February 12, 2021.  At this time, the remaining GLB amount is reduced to zero and Secured Returns 2 terminates and the annual fee stops.  However, because there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 6: Withdrawals under the AB Plan; low investment performance.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2006, you withdraw 10% of your Account Value of $110,000 (or $11,000).  Your Account Value is now $99,000.
l	On January 1, 2006, your GLB amount will be reset to $90,000 (the previous GLB amount reduced proportional to the amount of Account Value withdrawn).
l	Assume you make no more withdrawals or Purchase Payments and that your Account Value on January 1, 2015 is $87,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $4,710.
l	Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $3,000, an amount equal to $3,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($90,000 - $87,000).

EXAMPLE 7: Withdrawals under the WB Plan; low investment performance.

l	Assume that you elect the WB plan at the beginning of your second Contract Year.  The maximum WB amount would be $7,000 (i.e., 7% of the $100,000 remaining GLB amount).  However, assume no withdrawals are made.  On July 1, 2006, assume that your Account Value is $95,000.  The remaining GLB amount is still $100,000, and the maximum WB amount is still $7,000.
l	Assume that you make a withdrawal of $5,000 on September 3, 2006.  Your remaining GLB amount is now $95,000.  Assume that your Account Value is now $88,000.
l	Assume that you make another withdrawal of $5,000 on April 5, 2007.  This is now a new Contract Year, so the maximum WB amount has not been exceeded yet.  Your remaining GLB amount is now $90,000.  Assume that your Account Value is now $80,000.
l	Assume that you make another withdrawal of $5,000 on September 18, 2007.  Your total withdrawals in the current Contract Year are now $10,000 and exceed the WB maximum of $7,000.  Assume that your Account is $79,000 just before the withdrawal, and $74,000 just after the withdrawal.
l	Because your withdrawals exceeded the maximum WB amount, your remaining GLB amount is reduced to the lesser of your previous remaining GLB amount reduced dollar for dollar for the withdrawal ($90,000 - $5,000), and your current Account Value ($74,000).  Therefore, your new remaining GLB amount is $74,000.  Your maximum WB amount is reduced so that the date on which the remaining GLB expires will be the same date it would have expired had the maximum WB been withdrawn every year (i.e., ($90,000 - $2,000) ÷ $7,000 = 12.57 years).  Thus the new maximum WB amount becomes $5,887 ($74,000 ÷ 12.57).

EXAMPLE 8: Withdrawals under the WB Plan; high investment performance; step-up elected.

l	Assume that you elect the WB plan at the beginning of your second Contract Year.  The maximum WB amount would be $7,000 (i.e., 7% of the $100,000 remaining GLB amount).  However, assume you make no withdrawals.  On February 1, 2010, assume that your Account Value is $124,000.  Since your Account Value is greater than your remaining GLB amount, you may step-up your remaining GLB amount to $124,000. Assume that you do not step-up.  Your remaining GLB amount is still $100,000, and the maximum WB amount is still $7,000.
l	Assume that on March 3, 2010, your Account Value is now $125,000. You now make a withdrawal of $5,000.  Your remaining GLB amount is now $95,000. Your Account Value is now $120,000.  Since your Account Value is greater than your remaining GLB amount, you may step-up your remaining GLB amount to $120,000.  Assume that you do step-up.  Your maximum WB amount is calculated as 7% of $120,000 = $8,400.  Since this is greater than your current maximum WB amount of $7,000, your maximum WB amount increases to $8,400.
l	Assume that you wish to make another withdrawal on October 5, 2010.  Because you have already withdrawn $5,000 in the current Contract Year, you can withdraw $3,400 ($8,400 - $5,000) without exceeding your WB maximum.  Assume that you withdraw this $3,400.  Your remaining GLB amount is now $116,600 ($120,000 - $3,400).  Assume that your Account Value is now $118,000.
l	On January 2, 2011 you begin a new Contract Year.  Therefore, you can withdraw $8,400 in this new Contract Year without exceeding your WB maximum.  Assume that you do withdraw $8,400 in this Contract Year.  On December 31, 2011, the remaining GLB amount equals $108,200.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value equals $110,000.
l	Assume that you continue to withdraw $8,400 each Contract Year.  On December 31, 2023, the remaining GLB amount equals $7,400.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value equals $30,000.
l	Assume that you withdraw $7,400 on March 12, 2024.  At that time, the remaining GLB amount is reduced to zero and Secured Returns 2 terminates and the annual fee stops.  However, because there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 9: Withdrawals with Subsequent Purchase Payments under the AB Plan; low investment performance.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB Plan at any time.
l	On June 1, 2010, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	On June 1, 2010, your GLB amount is $168,000 [$100,000 + ($80,000 x 85%)].
l	Assume that, on June 1, 2011, you withdraw $40,000 and that your Account Value is $240,000 at this time.  After the withdrawal, your Account Value is $200,000.
l	On June 1, 2011, your GLB amount is reset to $140,000.  This equals the previous GLB amount reduced proportional to the amount of Account Value withdrawn, or $168,000 x [1 – (40,000 ÷ 240,000)].
l	Assume you make no more withdrawals or Purchase Payments and that your Account Value on January 1, 2015, is $125,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $6,670.
l	Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $15,000, an amount equal to $15,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($140,000 - $125,000).

EXAMPLE 10: Step-up and Subsequent Purchase Payments under the AB Plan; high investment performance; step-up elected; refund applies.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB Plan at any time and that your Designated Funds had high investment performance.  Assume that your Account Value is $150,000 on January 1, 2010.  Since this amount is greater than your GLB amount, you may step-up to a new 10 year period, with a new GLB amount of $150,000.  Assume that you do elect to step-up.
l	On June 1, 2011, you make an additional $80,000 Purchase Payment.
l	On June 1, 2011, your GLB amount is $230,000 [$150,000 + ($80,000 x 100%)].  Since it has only been one year since the step-up was elected, the GLB amount is increased by 100% of the new Purchase Payment amount.
l	Your new AB Plan maturity date is now January 1, 2020 (ten years after the date of the step-up).  Assume that on January 1, 2020 your Account Value is $280,000.  Assume that your total rider charges to date are $15,130.
l	Because your Account Value is greater than the GLB amount of $230,000, your account will be credited with the amount of your rider charges, increasing your Account Value to $295,130.

EXAMPLE 11: Withdrawals with Subsequent Purchase Payments under the WB Plan.

l	Assume that you elect the WB plan at the beginning of the second Contract Year and then choose to systematically withdraw the maximum WB amount (i.e., 7% of the $100,000 remaining GLB amount, or $7,000).
l	On January 1, 2007, your remaining GLB amount will be $93,000.  Assume that, on this date, your Account Value is $91,000.
l	On January 6, 2007, you make an additional Purchase Payment of $50,000.
l	Your remaining GLB amount is reset to $143,000 ($93,000 + $50,000).
l	Your maximum WB amount is reset to $10,500 [$7,000 + (7% x $50,000)].
l	Assume you increase your annual withdrawals to equal the maximum WB amount of $10,500.
l	On January 1, 2008, your remaining GLB amount is $132,500 ($143,000 - $10,500).  Assume that you make no additional Purchase Payments and the maximum WB amount is withdrawn annually.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2016, your Account Value is $0.  Your remaining GLB amount will be $48,500 [$132,500 – ($10,500 x 8 years)].  Withdrawals of $10,500 will continue until the remaining GLB amount runs out in year 2020.  At that time, the Secured Returns 2 terminates.

EXAMPLE 12: Calculation of explicit rider charges.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time. Assume that your Account Value increases at an annual rate of 5% per year throughout the first ten years. Also assume that you do not elect to step-up at any time.
l	On March 31, 2005, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns 2 is taken is $101,196.79.  The charge deducted on March 31, 2005 is $126.50 ($101,196.79 x .00125).  Therefore, your ending Account Value on March 31, 2005 is $101,070.29 ($101,196.79 - $126.50).
l	On June 30, 2005, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns 2 is taken is $102,307.23. The fee deducted on June 30, 2005 is $127.88 ($102,307.23 x .00125). Therefore, your ending Account Value on June 30, 2005 is $102,179.35 ($102,307.23 - $127.88).
l	On September 30, 2005, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns 2 is taken is $103,443.69. The fee deducted on September 30, 2005 is $129.30 ($103,443.69 x .00125). Therefore, your ending Account Value on September 30, 2005 is $103,314.39 ($103,443.69 - $129.30).
l	This pattern continues until the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2015.  On that date, your Account will be credited with a payment.  If your current Account Value is less than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the difference between these two amounts.  If your current Account Value is greater than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the sum of all of Secured Returns 2 charges that have been made.  Note that if Secured Returns 2 was revoked or cancelled before the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2015, then no Secured Returns 2 credit will be made to your Account.

APPENDIX G -

SECURED RETURNS FOR LIFE PLUS BENEFIT EXAMPLES

All of the following examples are based upon the assumption that you purchased a Contract on January 1, 2007 with an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 and you elected Secured Returns for Life Plus.  Your initial GLB amount equals your deposit amount of $100,000.

EXAMPLE 1: Calculation of Benefits under AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $15,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you remain in the AB plan until it "matures" on January 1, 2017. Assume that you have taken no withdrawals since your contract was issued. Your accrued bonus amount is $50,000 ($5,000 per year for ten years). Since your rider has "matured" in the AB plan, the accrued bonus amount becomes $0. Assume that your Account Value on January 1, 2017 is $88,000. Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $12,000, an amount equal to $12,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($100,000 - $88,000).
l	If the Living Benefit Program is still available to new Owners, you may elect to renew your participation in the Program with a new GLB amount of $100,000 at the cost and terms available to new Owners.

EXAMPLE 2: Calculation of Benefits under AB Plan with Subsequent Purchase Payments; Refund Applies.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on May 20, 2009, you make a deposit of $80,000. Since you are in your third Contract Year, your GLB amount is increased by 85% of this deposit. Therefore, your new GLB amount is $168,000 (old GLB amount of $100,000 plus 85% of new deposit of $80,000). Your new Bonus Base is also $168,000 (old Bonus Base of $100,000 plus 85% of new deposit of $80,000). Your accrued bonus amount remains at $10,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $18,400, which equals $8,400 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $168,000.
l	Assume that you remain in the AB Plan until it "matures" on January 1, 2017. Assume that you have taken no withdrawals since your contract was issued. Your accrued bonus amount is $77,200 ($5,000 per year for two years plus $8,400 per year for eight years). Since your rider "matured" in the AB Plan, the accrued bonus amount becomes $0.  Assume that your Account Value on January 1, 2017 is $200,000. Assume that the total rider charges you paid were $8,375.
l	Because your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount ($200,000 vs. $168,000), your Contract will be credited with an amount equal to the rider charges you have paid ($8,375), increasing your Account Value to $208,375.
l	If Secured Returns for Life Plus is still available to new Owners, you may elect to renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus with a new GLB amount of $208,375 at the cost and terms available to new Owners.

EXAMPLE 3: Withdrawals under AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount).  Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on March 10, 2009 (in your third Contract Year), your Account Value is $80,000. Also assume that you take a withdrawal of $10,000 on this date. Therefore, your ending Account Value on March 10, 2009 is $70,000. Your GLB amount, Bonus Base, and accrued bonus amount are reduced proportionally to the amount withdrawn. Therefore, your new GLB amount is  $100,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $87,500. Your new Bonus Base is $100,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $87,500. Your new accrued bonus amount is $10,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $8,750.
l	Assume that you take no more withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your GLB amount remains at $87,500, and your Bonus Base also remains at $87,500. Since you made a withdrawal in your third Contract Year, you do not accrue a bonus amount in that Contract Year. Therefore, your accrued bonus amount remains at $8,750.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, your accrued bonus amount is $13,125, which equals $4,375 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $8,750. Since no withdrawals were been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $87,500.
l	Assume that you remain in the AB plan until it "matures" on January 1, 2017. Assume that you take no more withdrawals from your contract. Your accrued bonus amount is $39,375 ($8,750 total for the first two years plus $4,375 per year for seven years). Since your rider has "matured" in the AB plan, the accrued bonus amount becomes $0. Assume that your Account Value on January 1, 2017 is $80,000. Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $7,500, an amount equal to $7,500 will be deposited into your Contract ($87,500 - $80,000).
l	If Secured Returns for Life Plus is still available to new Owners, you may elect to renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus with a new GLB amount of $87,500 at the cost and terms available to new Owners.

EXAMPLE 4: Step-up elected under AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount).  Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $15,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on January 1, 2010 your Account Value is $118,000. Since you have reached your third contract anniversary and since your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount, you may elect to step up to a new ten year period, with a new GLB amount of $118,000. Assume that you do elect to step up. Your GLB amount is now equal to $118,000. Also, your Bonus Base is now equal to $118,000. Your AB plan "maturity date" is now January 1, 2020. Since your new GLB amount of $118,000 is greater than the sum of your old GLB amount of $100,000 plus your old accrued bonus amount of $15,000, your new accrued bonus amount is set equal to $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, your accrued bonus amount is $5,900, which equals $5,900 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $0. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $118,000.
l	Assume that you remain in the AB plan until it "matures" on January 1, 2020. Assume that you have taken no withdrawals since your contract was issued. Your accrued bonus amount is $41,300 ($5,900 per year for seven years). Since your rider has "matured" in the AB plan, the accrued bonus amount becomes $0. Assume that your Account Value on January 1, 2020 is $112,000. Since your Account Value is less than your GLB amount by $6,000, an amount equal to $6,000 will be deposited into your Contract ($118,000 - $112,000).
l	If Secured Returns for Life Plus is still available to new Owners, you may elect to renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus with a new GLB amount of $118,000 at the cost and terms available to new Owners.

EXAMPLE 5: Calculation of Benefits under WB Plan; Early Withdrawals.

l	Assume you are age 56 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2007, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually.
l	On January 1, 2007:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is zero because you have not passed your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is zero [4% of your Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Bonus Base is $100,000 [the amount of your initial Purchase Payment]. Since you are taking withdrawals each Contract Year, you do not receive any bonus credits.
l	On December 31, 2007, after your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Maximum WB Amount:
l		Your Account Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal [$5,000].
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is zero because you have not passed your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday.
l		Your Bonus Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l	Assume you take only systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 3 years. Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments. On December 1, 2009, you celebrate your 59th birthday. On January 1, 2010:
l		Your Account Value has been reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals [$15,000].
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawal, is $85,000 [$100,000-($5,000 x 3)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is set at $85,000 [an amount equal to the RGLB amount on your first Contract Anniversary after your 59th birthday].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,400 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are less than 65 years old].
l		Your Bonus Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l	Assume you elect to take only annual systematic withdraws of no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount [$3,400] for an additional 20 years. Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, and that your Account Value reduces to zero. On December 31, 2029:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals, is $17,000 [85,000 – ($3,400 x 20)]
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than the Maximum WB Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $85,000 because you did not withdraw more than the Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years.
	Even though your rights under the annuity Contract terminated when the Account Value became zero, we will continue to make payments to you. At this point, however, you must choose between:
(1)			withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until you die or
(2)			withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your RGLB amount is reduced to zero.
l	Assume you elect to take annual payments of your Maximum WB for Life Amount. Therefore you will continue to receive $3,400 per year as long as you are alive. If you die before your RGLB amount is reduced to $0, your beneficiary will receive $5,000 per year (your Maximum WB Amount) until your RGLB amount is reduced to zero.

EXAMPLE 6: Calculation of Benefits under WB Plan with Subsequent Purchase Payments; Lifetime Withdrawals.

l	Assume you are age 60 at issue. Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2007, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB for Life Amount annually.
l	On January 1, 2007:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 60].
l		Your Bonus Base is $100,000 [the amount of your initial Purchase Payment]. Since you are taking withdrawals each Contract Year, you do not receive any bonus credits.
l	On December 31, 2007, after your first systematic withdrawal of $4,000:
l		Your Account Value is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal [$4,000].
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $96,000 [$100,000-$4,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l		Your Bonus Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l	Assume you take only annual systematic withdrawals of $4,000 for a total of 4 years. Assume you make a subsequent Purchase Payment of $50,000, in your 4th Contract Year. Assume also that, immediately before the subsequent Purchase Payment, your Account Value was $80,000. On December 31, 2010:
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals and increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $134,000 [$100,000 - ($4,000 x 4) + $50,000].
l		Your GLB Base, increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $150,000.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $7,500 [5% of your new GLB Base]
l		Your Lifetime Income Base, increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $150,000.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $6,000 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base]
l		Your GLB Base, increased by the subsequent Purchase Payment, is $150,000.
	You may increase your annual systematic withdrawals to $6,000 without any effect on your future lifetime benefits.
l	Assume you elect to take only annual systematic withdraws of no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount [$6,000] for an additional 20 years. Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, and that your Account Value reduces to zero. On December 31, 2030:
l		Your Account Value equals zero.
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the total withdrawals is $14,000 [$134,000 – ($6,000 x 20)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $150,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $150,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount in any Contract Year.
l		Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years.
	Even though your rights under the annuity Contract terminated when the Account Value became zero, we will continue to make payments to you.  At this point, however, you must choose between:
(1)			withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until you die or
(2)			withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your RGLB amount is reduced to zero.
l	Assume you elect to take annual payments of your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,000. Therefore, you will continue to receive $6,000 per year as long as you are alive. If you die before your RGLB amount is reduced to $0, your beneficiary will receive $6,000 per year (your Maximum WB Amount) until your RGLB amount is reduced to zero.

EXAMPLE 7: Withdrawals under WB Plan exceeding Maximum WB Amount.

l	Assume you are age 63 at issue. Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2007. Assume that your Designated Funds have had poor investment performance, losing 2% a year over the course of the Contract. On January 1, 2007:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $4,000 [4% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 63].
l		Your Bonus Base is $100,000 [the amount of your initial Purchase Payment]. Since you are taking withdrawals each Contract Year, you do not receive any bonus credits.
l	On December 31, 2007, after you take a withdrawal of $6,000, your Account Value is $92,000:
l		Your RGLB amount is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current RGLB amount minus the withdrawal [$100,000-$6,000] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your GLB Base is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 - ($6,000 - $5,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is now $4,600 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 - ($6,000 - $4,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $3,680 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Bonus Base is reduced to $92,000 [the lesser of (1) your current Bonus Base minus the excess withdrawal [$100,000 - ($6,000 - $5,000)] and (2) your new Account Value [$92,000]].
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take annual systematic withdrawals of $6,000 for a total of 13 years. Due to the of poor investment performance of your Designated Funds, your Account Value is now $7,609. Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount, your RGLB amount is also now $7,609. Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB Amount, your GLB Base is also now $7,609. Your Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $7,609, or $380. Because you have taken withdrawals in excess of your Maximum WB for Life Amount, your Lifetime Income Base is also now $7,609. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is 4% of $7,609, or $304. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years.
l	Assume your fund earns -2% in Contract Year 14, and that you take another $6,000 withdrawal. On December 31, 2020:
l		Your Account Value is $1,457.
l		Your RGLB amount is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current RGLB amount minus the withdrawal amount ($7,609 - $6,000) and (2) your new Account Value ($1,457)].
l		Your GLB Base is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current GLB Base minus the excess withdrawal [$7,609 – ($6,000 - $380)] and (2) your new Account Value [$1,457]].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount equals $73 [5% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $1,457 [the lesser of (1) your current Lifetime Income Base minus the excess withdrawal [$7,609 - ($6,000 - $304)] and (2) your new Account Value [$1,457]].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals $58 [4% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
	Because your GLB Base is greater than zero, you may take annual withdrawals up to the Maximum WB Amount until your RGLB amount becomes zero. Because your Lifetime Income Base is greater than zero, you may take annual withdrawals up to the Maximum WB for Life Amount until you die or annuitize. Any withdrawal you take that is greater than your Maximum WB Amount will reduce your GLB Base (and hence, give you a new, reduced Maximum WB Amount). Any withdrawal you take that is greater than your Maximum WB for Life Amount will reduce your Lifetime Income Base (and hence, give you a new, reduced Maximum WB for Life Amount).
	If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that does not exceed your Maximum WB for Life Amount, you must choose between:
(1)			withdrawing the Maximum WB for Life Amount each year until you die or
(2)			withdrawing your Maximum WB Amount each year until your RGLB amount is reduced to zero.
	If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds your Maximum WB for Life Amount but does not exceed your Maximum WB Amount, your Lifetime Income Base will become zero, but we will continue to pay your then current Maximum WB Amount each year until your RGLB is reduced to zero.
	If your Account Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds both your Maximum WB for Life Amount and your Maximum WB Amount, your Lifetime Income Base, your RGLB amount, and your GLB Base will all be reduced to zero, your Maximum WB for Life Amount and your Maximum WB Amount will both become zero, and no more benefits will be paid.

EXAMPLE 8: Step-up elected under WB Plan.

l	Assume you are age 65 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan on January 1, 2007, and that you choose to systematically withdraw the Maximum WB Amount annually. Assume that your Designated Funds have had good investment performance, gaining 6% a year over the course of the Contract. On January 1, 2007:
l		Your GLB Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 [the value of your RGLB amount on the day you elect to participate in the WB Plan].
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000 [5% of your Lifetime Income Base because you are age 65].
l		Your Bonus Base is $100,000 [the amount of your initial Purchase Payment]. Since you are taking withdrawals each Contract Year, you do not receive any bonus credits.
l	On December 31, 2007, after you take your first systematic withdrawal of $5,000, your Account Value is $101,000:
l		Your RGLB amount, reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, is $95,000 [$100,000-$5,000].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000 [5% of your Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Bonus Base is still $100,000 because you did not withdraw more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l	Assume you make no subsequent Purchase Payments, but you take systematic withdrawals of $5,000 for a total of 3 years. On December 31, 2009:
l		Your Account Value is $103,184.
l		Your RGLB amount is $85,000 [$100,000 - ($5,000 x 3)].
l		Your GLB Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,000 [5% of your GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB for Life Amount.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,000  [5% of your Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Bonus Base is still $100,000 because you withdrew no more than your Maximum WB Amount.
	Because your Account Value is greater than your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, and your Lifetime Income Base, you may step-up your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Bonus Base, and your Lifetime Income Base each to an amount equal to your current Account Value. Assume you elect to step-up. On January 1, 2010*:
l		Your Account Value is $103,184.
l		Your RGLB amount is $103,184.
l		Your GLB Base is $103,184.
l		Your Maximum WB Amount is $5,159 [5% of your new GLB Base].
l		Your Lifetime Income Base is $103,184.
l		Your Maximum WB for Life Amount is $5,159 [5% of your new Lifetime Income Base].
l		Your Bonus Base is $103,184.
*	Note: Assume instead that you elected to step-up sometime in 2010 after your withdrawal of $5,000 was taken and that your Account Value at the time of the step-up was $103,184. Your new Maximum WB Amount and new Maximum WB for Life amount of $5,159 would apply so that you could withdraw an additional $159 during the remainder of 2010 without exceeding your maximum amounts.

EXAMPLE 9: WB election at issue, withdrawals not taken immediately.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Also assume that you elect the WB plan at issue. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Lifetime Income Base (LIB), and your Bonus Base all equal $100,000. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,000. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your Lifetime Income Base, or $5,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $105,000.  Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $100,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $105,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $100,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $105,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $100,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $110,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $105,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $110,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $110,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $110,000, or $5,500.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $105,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $110,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $105,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $110,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $110,000, or $5,500.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $5,500 in your third Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $110,000 - $5,500, or $104,500. Your GLB Base will remain at $110,000, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $110,000, or $5,500. Your LIB will also remain at $110,000, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $110,000, or $5,500.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $5,500 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2028. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your LIB is still $110,000. Therefore, you can continue to receive $5,500 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 10: WB election at issue, sub-deposits made, withdrawals not taken immediately.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Also assume that you elect the WB plan at issue. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Lifetime Income Base (LIB), and your Bonus Base all equal $100,000. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,000. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your Lifetime Income Base, or $5,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $105,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $100,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $105,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $100,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $105,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $100,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you make a deposit of $60,000 in your second Contract Year. Your RGLB amount, GLB Base, LIB, and Bonus Base are all increased by the amount of the deposit. Therefore, your RGLB amount, GLB Base, and LIB are all now equal to $105,000 plus $60,000 = $165,000. Your Bonus Base is now equal to $100,000 plus $60,000 = $160,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, the RGLB amount will be increased by $8,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $173,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $165,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $173,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $173,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $173,000, or $8,650.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $165,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $173,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $165,000 plus the bonus amount of $8,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $173,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $173,000, or $8,650.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $160,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $8,650 in your third Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $173,000 - $8,650, or $164,350. Your GLB Base will remain at $173,000, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $173,000, or $8,650. Your LIB will also remain at $173,000, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $173,000, or $8,650. Your Bonus Base will remain at $160,000.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $8,650 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2028. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $173,000. Therefore, you can continue to receive $8,650 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 11: WB election at issue, withdrawals taken.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan at issue. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Lifetime Income Base (LIB), and your Bonus Base all equal $100,000. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,000. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your Lifetime Income Base, or $5,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $105,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $100,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $105,000
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $100,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $105,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $100,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $5,250 in your second Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $105,000 - $5,250, or $99,750. Your GLB Base will remain at $105,000, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $105,000, or $5,250. Your LIB will also remain at $105,000, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $105,000, or $5,250. Since your withdrawal did not exceed your Maximum WB Amount, your Bonus Base will remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $104,750.  Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $105,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $104,750.
	Therefore, your GLB Base remains at $105,000, and your Maximum WB Amount remains at 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $105,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $104,750, and
(b)			your old LIB of $105,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB remains at $105,000, and your Maximum WB for Life Amount remains at 5% of $105,000, or $5,250. Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $109,750. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $105,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $109,750.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $109,750, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $109,750, or $5,487.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $105,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $109,750, and
(b)			your old LIB of $105,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $109,750, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $109,750, or $5,487.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $5,487 in 2011. Also assume that you remain alive and continue to take annual withdrawals of $5,487 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2030. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $109,750. Therefore, you can continue to receive $5,487 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 12: WB election at issue, excess withdrawal taken.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Also assume that you elect the WB plan at issue. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Lifetime Income Base (LIB), and your Bonus Base all equal $100,000. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,000. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your Lifetime Income Base, or $5,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $105,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $100,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $105,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $100,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $105,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $100,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal of $6,000 in your second Contract Year. This withdrawal exceeds both your Maximum WB Amount and your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $5,250. Assume that your Account Value equals $90,000 after you make this withdrawal. Your RGLB amount will be reduced to the lesser of
(i)		your old RGLB amount of $105,000 minus the $6,000 withdrawal, and
(ii)		your Account Value of $90,000.
	Therefore, your new RGLB amount is $90,000.
	Your GLB Base will be reduced to the lesser of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $105,000 minus the $750 excess withdrawal, and
(ii)		your Account Value of $90,000.
	Therefore, your new GLB Base is $90,000.  Your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $90,000, or $4,500.
	Your Bonus Base will be reduced to the lesser of
(i)		your old Bonus Base of $100,000 minus the $750 excess withdrawal, and
(ii)		your Account Value of $90,000.
	Therefore, your new Bonus Base is $90,000.
	Your LIB will be reduced to the lesser of
(i)		your old LIB of $105,000 minus the $750 excess withdrawal, and
(ii)		your Account Value of $90,000.
	Therefore, your new LIB is $90,000.  Your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $90,000, or $4,500.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, the RGLB amount will be increased by $4,500, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $94,500. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $90,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $94,500.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $94,500, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $94,500, or $4,725.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $90,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $94,500, and
(b)			your old LIB of $90,000 plus the bonus amount of $4,500.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $94,500, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $94,500, or $4,725.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $90,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, the RGLB amount will be increased by $4,500, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $99,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $94,500, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $99,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $99,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $99,000, or $4,950.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $94,500, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $99,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $94,500 plus the bonus amount of $4,500.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $99,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $99,000, or $4,950.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $90,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $4,950 in 2011. Also assume that you remain alive and continue to take annual withdrawals of $4,950 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2030. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $99,000. Therefore, you can continue to receive $4,950 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 13: WB election at issue, withdrawals not taken immediately, Step-up elected.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue.  Also assume that you elect the WB plan at issue. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your Lifetime Income Base (LIB), and your Bonus Base all equal $100,000. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,000. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your Lifetime Income Base, or $5,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $105,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $100,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $105,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $100,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $105,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $100,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $105,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $105,000, or $5,250.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $110,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $105,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $110,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $110,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $110,000, or $5,500.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $105,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $110,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $105,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $110,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $110,000, or $5,500.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $115,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $110,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $115,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $115,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $115,000, or $5,750.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $115,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $115,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $110,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $115,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $115,000, or $5,750.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that on January 2, 2010 your Account Value is $118,000. Since you have reached your third contract anniversary and since your Account Value is greater than both the GLB Base and the LIB, you may step up your WB plan guarantees. Assume that you do elect to step up. Your RGLB amount, your GLB Base, your LIB and your Bonus Base are all now equal to $118,000. Your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $118,000, or $5,900. Your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $118,000, or $5,900.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,900, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $123,900. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $118,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $123,900.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $123,900, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $123,900, or $6,195.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $118,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $123,900, and
(b)			your old LIB of $118,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,900.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $123,900, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $123,900, or $6,195.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $118,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,195 in your fifth Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $123,900 - $6,195, or $117,705. Your GLB Base will remain at $123,900, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $123,900, or $6,195. Your LIB will also remain at $123,900, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $123,900, or $6,195. Your Bonus Base remains at $118,000.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $6,195 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2030. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $123,900. Therefore, you can continue to receive $6,195 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 14: Switch from AB to WB; No withdrawals under the AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $15,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that while you are in your fourth Contract Year, you switch to the WB plan. Assume that you have not taken any withdrawals yet. Your RGLB amount is now equal to your old GLB amount of $100,000 plus your accrued bonus amount of $15,000, for a total of $115,000. Your GLB Base and your LIB are both set equal to the RGLB amount at the time of conversion to the WB plan. Therefore, both the GLB Base and the LIB are equal to $115,000.  Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $5,750. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your LIB, or $5,750. Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000. Since you have switched to the WB plan, your accrued bonus amount becomes $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $120,000. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $115,000, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $120,000.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $120,000, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $120,000, or $6,000.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $115,000, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $120,000, and
(b)			your old LIB of $115,000 plus the bonus amount of $5,000.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $120,000, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $120,000, or $6,000.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,000 in your fifth Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $120,000 - $6,000, or $114,000. Your GLB Base will remain at $120,000, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $120,000, or $6,000. Your LIB will also remain at $120,000, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $120,000, or $6,000. Your Bonus Base remains at $100,000.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $6,000 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2030. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $120,000. Therefore, you can continue to receive $6,000 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 15: Switch from AB to WB; Withdrawals under the AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on March 10, 2009 (in your third Contract Year), your Account Value is $80,000. Also assume that you take a withdrawal of $10,000 on this date. Therefore, your ending Account Value on March 10, 2009 is $70,000. Your GLB amount, Bonus Base, and accrued bonus amount are reduced proportionally to the amount withdrawn.  Therefore, your new GLB amount is $100,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $87,500. Your new Bonus Base is $100,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $87,500.  Your new accrued bonus amount is $10,000 x ($70,000 / $80,000) = $8,750.
l	Assume that while you are in your fourth Contract Year, you switch to the WB plan. Your RGLB amount is now equal to your old GLB amount of $87,500 plus your accrued bonus amount of $8,750, for a total of $96,250. Your GLB Base and your LIB are both set equal to the RGLB amount at the time of conversion to the WB plan.  Therefore, both the GLB Base and the LIB are equal to $96,250. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $4,812. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your LIB, or $4,812.  Your Bonus Base remains at $87,500. Since you have switched to the WB plan, your accrued bonus amount becomes $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, the RGLB amount will be increased by $4,375, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $100,625. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $96,250, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $100,625.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $100,625, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $100,625, or $5,031.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $96,250, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $100,625, and
(b)			your old LIB of $96,250 plus the bonus amount of $4,375.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $100,625, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $100,625, or $5,031.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $87,500.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $5,031 in your fifth Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $100,625 - $5,031, or $95,594. Your GLB Base will remain at $100,625, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $100,625, or $5,031. Your LIB will also remain at $100,625, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $100,625, or $5,031. Your Bonus Base remains at $87,500.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $5,031 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2030. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $100,625.  Therefore, you can continue to receive $5,031 per year as long as you are alive. Also, if there is a remaining Account Value, the Contract continues.

EXAMPLE 16: Switch from AB to WB; Step-up while in AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $15,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on January 2, 2010 your Account Value is $118,000. Since you have reached your third contract anniversary and since your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount, you may elect to step up to a new ten year period, with a new GLB amount of $118,000. Assume that you do elect to step up. Your GLB amount is now equal to $118,000. Also, your Bonus Base is now equal to $118,000. Your AB plan "maturity date" is now January 2, 2020. Since your new GLB amount of $118,000 is greater than the sum of your old GLB amount of $100,000 plus your old accrued bonus amount of $15,000, your new accrued bonus amount is set equal to $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, your accrued bonus amount is $5,900, which equals $5,900 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $0. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $118,000.
l	Assume that while you are in your fifth Contract Year, you switch to the WB plan. Assume that you have not taken any withdrawals yet. Your RGLB amount is now equal to your old GLB amount of $118,000 plus your accrued bonus amount of $5,900, for a total of $123,900. Your GLB Base and your LIB are both set equal to the RGLB amount at the time of conversion to the WB plan. Therefore, both the GLB Base and the LIB are equal to $123,900. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $6,195. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your LIB, or $6,195.  Your Bonus Base remains at $118,000. Since you have switched to the WB plan, your accrued bonus amount becomes $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fifth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2012, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,900, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $129,800. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)		your old GLB Base of $123,900, and
(ii)		your new RGLB amount of $129,800.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $129,800, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $129,800, or $6,490.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $123,900, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)			your new RGLB amount of $129,800, and
(b)			your old LIB of $123,900 plus the bonus amount of $5,900.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $129,800, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $129,800, or $6,490.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $118,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,490 in your sixth Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $129,800 - $6,490, or $123,310. Your GLB Base will remain at $129,800, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $129,800, or $6,490. Your LIB will also remain at $129,800, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $129,800, or $6,490. Your Bonus Base remains at $118,000.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $6,490 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2031. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $129,800. Therefore, you can continue to receive $6,490 per year as long as you are alive. We will continue to charge the rider fee for as long as you are eligible to receive benefits under the WB Plan.  The Owner can annuitize as long as  there is a remaining Account Value, but if Account Value drops to zero, the Contract terminates.

EXAMPLE 17: Switch from AB to WB; Step-up while in AB Plan.

l	Assume that you are age 65 at issue. Assume that you elect the AB plan. Your GLB amount at issue and your Bonus Base at issue are both equal to $100,000 (your Purchase Payment amount). Assume that you take no withdrawals in your first Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2008, your accrued bonus amount is $5,000, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your second Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2009, your accrued bonus amount is $10,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $5,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your third Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2010, your accrued bonus amount is $15,000, which equals $5,000 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $10,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $100,000.
l	Assume that on January 2, 2010 your Account Value is $112,000. Since you have reached your third contract anniversary and since your Account Value is greater than your GLB amount, you may elect to step up to a new ten year period, with a new GLB amount of $112,000. Assume that you do elect to step up.  Your GLB amount is now equal to $112,000. Also, your Bonus Base is now equal to $112,000.  Your AB plan "maturity date" is now January 2, 2020. Since your new GLB amount of $112,000 is less than the sum of your old GLB amount of $100,000 plus your old accrued bonus amount of $15,000, your new accrued bonus amount is set equal to the sum of your old GLB amount of $100,000 plus your old accrued bonus amount of $15,000, less your new GLB amount of $112,000. Therefore, your new accrued bonus amount is $3,000.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fourth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2011, your accrued bonus amount is $8,600, which equals $5,600 (5% of the Bonus Base) plus your previous accrued bonus amount of $3,000. Since no withdrawals have been taken, your GLB amount and your Bonus Base both remain at $112,000.
l	Assume that while you are in your fifth Contract Year, you switch to the WB plan. Assume that you have not taken any withdrawals yet. Your RGLB amount is now equal to your old GLB amount of $112,000 plus your accrued bonus amount of $8,600, for a total of $120,600. Your GLB Base and your LIB are both set equal to the RGLB amount at the time of conversion to the WB plan. Therefore, both the GLB Base and the LIB are equal to $120,600. Your Maximum WB Amount equals 5% of your GLB Base, or $6,030. Your Maximum WB for Life Amount equals 5% of your LIB, or $6,030. Your Bonus Base remains at $112,000. Since you have switched to the WB plan, your accrued bonus amount becomes $0.
l	Assume that you take no withdrawals in your fifth Contract Year. Therefore, on January 1, 2012, the RGLB amount will be increased by $5,600, which equals 5% of the Bonus Base. Your new RGLB amount is now $126,200. Your GLB Base will now become the greater of
(i)			your old GLB Base of $120,600, and
(ii)			your new RGLB amount of $126,200.
	Therefore, your GLB Base is now $126,200, and your new Maximum WB Amount is 5% of $126,200, or $6,310.
	Your LIB will now become the greater of
(i)		your old LIB of $120,600, and
(ii)		the lesser of
(a)				your new RGLB amount of $126,200, and
(b)				your old LIB of $120,600 plus the bonus amount of $5,600.
	Therefore, your LIB is now $126,200, and your new Maximum WB for Life Amount is 5% of $126,200, or $6,310.
	Your Bonus Base remains at $112,000.
l	Assume that you take a withdrawal equal to your Maximum WB for Life Amount of $6,310 in your sixth Contract Year. Your RGLB amount will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal, so that it will equal $126,200 - $6,310, or $119,890. Your GLB Base will remain at $126,200, so your Maximum WB Amount will remain at 5% of $126,200, or $6,310. Your LIB will also remain at $126,200, so your Maximum WB for Life Amount will remain at 5% of $126,200, or $6,310. Your Bonus Base remains at $112,000.
l	Assume that you remain alive and that you continue to make withdrawals of $6,310 until the RGLB amount runs out in year 2031. Because the RGLB amount is now $0, the GLB Base also becomes $0. Your Bonus Base is $0 because bonus credits may only be given in the first ten Contract Years. Your LIB is still $126,200. Therefore, you can continue to receive $6,310 per year as long as you are alive. We will continue to charge the rider fee for as long as you are eligible to receive benefits under the WB Plan.  The Owner can annuitize as long as  there is a remaining Account Value, but if the Account Value drops to zero, the Contract terminates.

EXAMPLE 18: Calculation of Explicit Rider Charges.

l	Assume that you did not elect the WB plan at any time. Assume that your Account Value increases at an annual rate of 5% per year throughout the next ten years. Also assume that you do not elect to step-up at any time.
l	On March 31, 2007, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life Plus is taken is $101,196.79. The charge deducted on March 31, 2007 is $126.50 ($101,196.79 x .00125). Therefore, your ending Account Value on March 31, 2007 is $101,070.29 ($101,196.79 - $126.50).
l	On June 30, 2007, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life Plus is taken is $102,307.23. The fee deducted on June 30, 2007 is $127.88 ($102,307.23 x .00125). Therefore, your ending Account Value on June 30, 2007 is $102,179.35 ($102,307.23 - $127.88).
l	On September 30, 2007, your Account Value before the charge for Secured Returns for Life Plus is taken is $103,443.69. The fee deducted on September 30, 2007 is $129.30 ($103,443.69 x .00125). Therefore, your ending Account Value on September 30, 2007 is $103,314.39 ($103,443.69 - $129.30).
l	This pattern continues until the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2017. On that date, your Account will be credited with a payment. If your current Account Value is less than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the difference between these two amounts.  If your current Account Value is greater than your current GLB amount, then your Account will be credited with the sum of all of Secured Returns for Life Plus charges that have been made. Note that if Secured Returns for Life Plus was revoked or cancelled before the maturity date for your Benefit of January 1, 2017, then no Secured Returns for Life Plus credit will be made to your Account.
l	If Secured Returns for Life Plus is still available to new Owners, you may elect to renew your participation in Secured Returns for Life Plus with a new GLB amount equal to the ending January 1, 2017 Account Value at the cost and terms available to new Owners.

APPENDIX H -

BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO

This Appendix sets forth the Funds and percentage limits that constitute the "build your portfolio" program. This program is more fully described under "BUILD YOUR PORTFOLIO" in the Prospectus. Briefly, if you comply with this program, the portfolio you build will satisfy the "Designated Funds" requirement under certain optional living benefit riders.

Cash and Short-Term Bond Funds	Intermediate and Long-Term Bond Funds	Core Equity Funds	Growth Equity Funds	Specialty Funds
15% to 60%	10% to 40%	20% to 50%	0% to 30%	0% to 10%
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series	PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio	Franklin Income Securities Fund	Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund	Franklin Strategic Income Securities Fund
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio	Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®	Oppenheimer Balanced Fund/VA	SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund	MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series
Sun Capital Money Market Fund® ***	MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series	Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio	MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series **	PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
	MFS®/Sun Life Bond Series	Lord Abbett Series Fund All Value Portfolio	Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA	Sun Capital Real Estate Fund®
	PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio	Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income Portfolio	Sun Capital® All Cap Fund	PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio
		MFS®/Sun Life Value Series	Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities Portfolio	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio
		MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series	Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA **	Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund
		Van Kampen LIT Comstock	MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series **	MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series **
		Mutual Shares Securities Fund	MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series **	MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Income Series *
		Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	MFS®/Sun Life Mass Investors Growth Stock Series **
		MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series	MFS®/Sun Life International Value Series
		MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series **	Templeton Foreign Securities Fund
		MFS®/Sun Life Mass Investors Trust Series **	MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series
		MFS®/Sun Life Research Series **	Templeton Growth Securities Fund
		MFS®/Sun Life Core Equity Series	First Eagle Overseas Variable Fund
		SCSM Davis Venture Value Fund	Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA
		Oppenheimer Main St. Fund®/VA	Columbia Marsico International Opportunities Fund, Variable Series
		Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio	Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio
		Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio	Wanger U.S. Smaller Companies ***
		Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio	Wanger Select, Variable Series ***
		MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Value Series *	Columbia Small Cap Value ***
		MFS®/Sun Life Mid Cap Value Series *	MFS®/Sun Life International Growth Series
			SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund
			Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series ****
			Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series ****
			MFS®/Sun Life Capital Appreciation Series *
			MFS®/Sun Life Mid Cap Growth Series *
			MFS®/Sun Life Global Growth Series *

* Only available if you purchased your Contract before February 2, 2004.

** Only available if you purchased your Contract before March 5, 2007.

*** Only available if you purchased your Contract through a Bank of America representative before April 22, 2007.

**** Only B Class shares available if you purchased your Contract on or after March 5, 2007.   Only A Class shares available if you purchased your Contract through a Bank of America representative before March 5, 2007.

APPENDIX I -

CONDENSED FINANICAL INFORMATION

The following information for SUN LIFE FINANCIAL MASTERS SELECT NY should be read in conjunction with the Variable Account's financial statements appearing in the Statement of Additional Information. The $10 beginning value for each accumulation unit is as of the date the unit commenced, which was generally later than the first day of the year shown. Subsequent values are shown for each period, unless there was no balance or transaction for the last day of the period, in which case no value is shown for the end of that period or the beginning of the next period.

Fund	Price Level	Year	Accumulation Unit Value Beginning of Year	Accumulation Unit Value End of Year	Number of Accumulation Units End of Year
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	01	2006	11.3055	13.3554	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	01	2005	10.0000	11.3055	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	02	2006	11.2877	13.3074	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	02	2005	10.0000	11.2877	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	03	2006	11.2832	13.2954	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	03	2005	10.0000	11.2832	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	04	2006	11.2698	13.2595	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	04	2005	10.0000	11.2698	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	05	2006	11.2520	13.2116	0
Columbia Marsico 21st Century Fund, Variable Series A Class	05	2005	10.0000	11.2520	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	01	2006	10.9813	11.4935	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	01	2005	10.0000	10.9813	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	02	2006	10.9640	11.4522	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	02	2005	10.0000	10.9640	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	03	2006	10.9596	11.4418	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	03	2005	10.0000	10.9596	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	04	2006	10.9467	11.4109	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	04	2005	10.0000	10.9467	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	05	2006	10.9293	11.3697	0
Columbia Marsico Growth Fund, Variable Series A Class	05	2005	10.0000	10.9293	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	01	2006	11.9712	14.5525	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	01	2005	10.0000	11.9712	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	02	2006	11.9523	14.5002	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	02	2005	10.0000	11.9523	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	03	2006	11.9476	14.4872	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	03	2005	10.0000	11.9476	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	04	2006	11.9335	14.4480	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	04	2005	10.0000	11.9335	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	05	2006	11.9146	14.3959	0
Columbia Marsico International Opp Fund, Variable Series B Class	05	2005	10.0000	11.9146	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	01	2006	10.6627	12.5560	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	01	2005	10.0000	10.6627	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	02	2006	10.6459	12.5109	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	02	2005	10.0000	10.6459	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	03	2006	10.6417	12.4996	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	03	2005	10.0000	10.6417	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	04	2006	10.6291	12.4658	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	04	2005	10.0000	10.6291	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	05	2006	10.6123	12.4208	0
Columbia Small Cap Value Fund, Variable Series Class B	05	2005	10.0000	10.6123	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2006	10.3184	11.1547	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2005	10.0000	10.3184	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2006	10.3150	11.1285	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2005	10.0000	10.3150	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2006	10.3141	11.1219	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2005	10.0000	10.3141	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2006	10.3115	11.1022	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2005	10.0000	10.3115	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2006	10.3081	11.0760	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2010 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2005	10.0000	10.3081	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2006	10.3936	11.3650	9,491
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2005	10.0000	10.3936	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2006	10.3902	11.3382	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2005	10.0000	10.3902	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2006	10.3893	11.3316	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2005	10.0000	10.3893	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2006	10.3867	11.3115	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2005	10.0000	10.3867	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2006	10.3832	11.2848	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2015 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2005	10.0000	10.3832	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2006	10.4346	11.4990	2,035
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	01	2005	10.0000	10.4346	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2006	10.4311	11.4719	1,317
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	02	2005	10.0000	10.4311	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2006	10.4302	11.4652	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	03	2005	10.0000	10.4302	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2006	10.4276	11.4449	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	04	2005	10.0000	10.4276	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2006	10.4241	11.4178	0
Fidelity® VIP Freedom 2020 Portfolio Service Class 2	05	2005	10.0000	10.4241	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	01	2006	11.4557	13.2206	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	01	2005	10.6761	11.4557	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	01	2004	10.0000	10.6761	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	02	2006	11.4292	13.1634	80
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	02	2005	10.6729	11.4292	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	02	2004	10.0000	10.6729	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	03	2006	11.4226	13.1491	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	03	2005	10.6722	11.4226	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	03	2004	10.0000	10.6722	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	04	2006	11.4027	13.1062	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	04	2005	10.6698	11.4027	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	04	2004	10.0000	10.6698	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	05	2006	11.3762	13.0493	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	05	2005	10.6667	11.3762	0
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund, Class2	05	2004	10.0000	10.6667	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	01	2006	11.1609	12.6226	439
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	01	2005	10.5778	11.1609	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	01	2004	10.0000	10.5778	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	02	2006	11.1350	12.5679	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	02	2005	10.5747	11.1350	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	02	2004	10.0000	10.5747	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	03	2006	11.1286	12.5543	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	03	2005	10.5740	11.1286	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	03	2004	10.0000	10.5740	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	04	2006	11.1092	12.5134	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	04	2005	10.5716	11.1092	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	04	2004	10.0000	10.5716	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	05	2006	11.0834	12.4590	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	05	2005	10.5685	11.0834	0
Lord Abbett All Value Portfolio	05	2004	10.0000	10.5685	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	01	2006	10.6970	12.3759	87,428
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	01	2005	10.5020	10.6970	29,645
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	01	2004	10.0000	10.5020	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	02	2006	10.6723	12.3223	34,010
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	02	2005	10.4989	10.6723	8,340
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	02	2004	10.0000	10.4989	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	03	2006	10.6661	12.3089	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	03	2005	10.4982	10.6661	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	03	2004	10.0000	10.4982	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	04	2006	10.6475	12.2688	351
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	04	2005	10.4959	10.6475	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	04	2004	10.0000	10.4959	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	05	2006	10.6228	12.2155	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	05	2005	10.4927	10.6228	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income	05	2004	10.0000	10.4927	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	01	2006	11.1960	11.9172	20,682
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	01	2005	10.8473	11.1960	6,152
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	01	2004	10.0000	10.8473	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	02	2006	11.1701	11.8656	6,445
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	02	2005	10.8441	11.1701	890
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	02	2004	10.0000	10.8441	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	03	2006	11.1637	11.8527	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	03	2005	10.8433	11.1637	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	03	2004	10.0000	10.8433	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	04	2006	11.1442	11.8141	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	04	2005	10.8409	11.1442	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	04	2004	10.0000	10.8409	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	05	2006	11.1183	11.7627	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	05	2005	10.8377	11.1183	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth Opportunities	05	2004	10.0000	10.8377	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	01	2006	11.5676	12.8076	7,797
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	01	2005	10.8347	11.5676	2,855
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	01	2004	10.0000	10.8347	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	02	2006	11.5408	12.7522	3,716
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	02	2005	10.8315	11.5408	153
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	02	2004	10.0000	10.8315	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	03	2006	11.5341	12.7383	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	03	2005	10.8307	11.5341	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	03	2004	10.0000	10.8307	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	04	2006	11.5141	12.6968	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	04	2005	10.8283	11.5141	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	04	2004	10.0000	10.8283	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	05	2006	11.4873	12.6416	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	05	2005	10.8251	11.4873	0
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value	05	2004	10.0000	10.8251	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	01	2006	10.5819	11.9026	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	01	2005	10.5876	10.5819	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.5876	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	02	2006	10.5574	11.8511	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	02	2005	10.5844	10.5574	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.5844	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	03	2006	10.5513	11.8382	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	03	2005	10.5837	10.5513	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.5837	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	04	2006	10.5329	11.7996	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	04	2005	10.5813	10.5329	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.5813	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	05	2006	10.5085	11.7483	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	05	2005	10.5782	10.5085	0
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Opportunities Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.5782	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	01	2006	11.5006	12.2189	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	01	2005	10.7050	11.5006	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.7050	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	02	2006	11.4739	12.1660	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	02	2005	10.7018	11.4739	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.7018	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	03	2006	11.4673	12.1528	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	03	2005	10.7010	11.4673	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.7010	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	04	2006	11.4473	12.1132	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	04	2005	10.6987	11.4473	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.6987	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	05	2006	11.4207	12.0605	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	05	2005	10.6955	11.4207	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.6955	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	01	2006	11.2586	14.4277	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	01	2005	10.0000	11.2586	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	02	2006	11.2549	14.3938	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	02	2005	10.0000	11.2549	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	03	2006	11.2539	14.3853	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	03	2005	10.0000	11.2539	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	04	2006	11.2511	14.3598	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	04	2005	10.0000	11.2511	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	05	2006	11.2474	14.3259	0
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Markets Equity Series S Class	05	2005	10.0000	11.2474	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	01	2006	10.1051	10.3153	66,637
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	01	2005	10.0416	10.1051	19,978
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.0416	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	02	2006	10.0817	10.2706	30,538
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	02	2005	10.0386	10.0817	7,483
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.0386	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	03	2006	10.0759	10.2595	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	03	2005	10.0379	10.0759	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.0379	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	04	2006	10.0583	10.2260	415
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	04	2005	10.0356	10.0583	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.0356	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	05	2006	10.0349	10.1815	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	05	2005	10.0327	10.0349	0
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.0327	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	01	2006	10.1762	11.0474	24,599
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	01	2005	10.1192	10.1762	6,078
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.1192	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	02	2006	10.1526	10.9996	11,685
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	02	2005	10.1163	10.1526	2,700
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.1163	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	03	2006	10.1467	10.9876	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	03	2005	10.1155	10.1467	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.1155	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	04	2006	10.1291	10.9518	217
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	04	2005	10.1133	10.1291	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.1133	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	05	2006	10.1055	10.9042	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	05	2005	10.1103	10.1055	0
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.1103	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	01	2006	10.7978	11.4423	483
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	01	2005	10.5085	10.7978	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.5085	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	02	2006	10.7728	11.3927	365
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	02	2005	10.5054	10.7728	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.5054	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	03	2006	10.7666	11.3804	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	03	2005	10.5046	10.7666	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.5046	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	04	2006	10.7478	11.3432	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	04	2005	10.5023	10.7478	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.5023	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	05	2006	10.7228	11.2939	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	05	2005	10.4992	10.7228	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.4992	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	01	2006	11.1512	12.4355	81,735
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	01	2005	10.5227	11.1512	27,158
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.5227	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	02	2006	11.1254	12.3817	31,067
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	02	2005	10.5196	11.1254	7,073
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.5196	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	03	2006	11.1189	12.3683	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	03	2005	10.5188	11.1189	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.5188	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	04	2006	11.0996	12.3280	269
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	04	2005	10.5165	11.0996	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.5165	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	05	2006	11.0738	12.2744	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	05	2005	10.5134	11.0738	0
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.5134	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	01	2006	10.1065	10.4024	34,532
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	01	2005	9.9981	10.1065	12,868
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	9.9981	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	02	2006	10.0831	10.3574	25,979
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	02	2005	9.9952	10.0831	8,909
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	9.9952	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	03	2006	10.0772	10.3461	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	03	2005	9.9944	10.0772	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	9.9944	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	04	2006	10.0597	10.3124	507
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	04	2005	9.9922	10.0597	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	9.9922	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	05	2006	10.0363	10.2676	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	05	2005	9.9893	10.0363	0
MFS®/Sun Life Money Market Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	9.9893	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	01	2006	11.0972	12.3596	36,364
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	01	2005	10.7175	11.0972	12,428
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.7175	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	02	2006	11.0716	12.3061	13,386
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	02	2005	10.7143	11.0716	3,049
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.7143	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	03	2006	11.0651	12.2928	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	03	2005	10.7136	11.0651	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.7136	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	04	2006	11.0459	12.2527	114
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	04	2005	10.7112	11.0459	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.7112	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	05	2006	11.0202	12.1994	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	05	2005	10.7080	11.0202	0
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.7080	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	01	2006	12.3407	15.4925	13,034
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	01	2005	10.7658	12.3407	5,430
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.7658	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	02	2006	12.3121	15.4254	4,101
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	02	2005	10.7627	12.3121	372
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.7627	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	03	2006	12.3050	15.4087	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	03	2005	10.7619	12.3050	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.7619	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	04	2006	12.2836	15.3585	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	04	2005	10.7595	12.2836	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.7595	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	05	2006	12.2550	15.2918	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	05	2005	10.7563	12.2550	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research International Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.7563	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	01	2006	11.2995	12.2977	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	01	2005	10.6339	11.2995	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.6339	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	02	2006	11.2733	12.2444	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	02	2005	10.6308	11.2733	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.6308	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	03	2006	11.2668	12.2312	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	03	2005	10.6300	11.2668	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.6300	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	04	2006	11.2472	12.1913	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	04	2005	10.6277	11.2472	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.6277	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	05	2006	11.2211	12.1383	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	05	2005	10.6245	11.2211	0
MFS®/Sun Life Research Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.6245	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	01	2006	10.4704	10.9875	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	01	2005	10.4903	10.4704	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.4903	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	02	2006	10.4461	10.9399	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	02	2005	10.4872	10.4461	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.4872	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	03	2006	10.4401	10.9281	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	03	2005	10.4864	10.4401	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.4864	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	04	2006	10.4219	10.8924	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	04	2005	10.4841	10.4219	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.4841	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	05	2006	10.3977	10.8451	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	05	2005	10.4810	10.3977	0
MFS®/Sun Life Strategic Growth Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.4810	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	01	2006	10.5067	11.5995	522,048
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	01	2005	10.3588	10.5067	260,030
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.3588	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	02	2006	10.4823	11.5493	149,294
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	02	2005	10.3557	10.4823	102,738
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.3557	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	03	2006	10.4763	11.5367	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	03	2005	10.3550	10.4763	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.3550	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	04	2006	10.4580	11.4992	7,403
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	04	2005	10.3527	10.4580	4,416
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.3527	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	05	2006	10.4337	11.4492	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	05	2005	10.3496	10.4337	0
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.3496	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	01	2006	12.4902	16.2603	1,404
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	01	2005	10.8236	12.4902	106
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.8236	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	02	2006	12.4613	16.1900	1,484
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	02	2005	10.8204	12.4613	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.8204	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	03	2006	12.4541	16.1724	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	03	2005	10.8196	12.4541	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.8196	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	04	2006	12.4324	16.1197	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	04	2005	10.8172	12.4324	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.8172	0
MF®S/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	05	2006	12.4036	16.0497	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	05	2005	10.8140	12.4036	0
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.8140	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	01	2006	10.9903	13.0823	1,703
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	01	2005	10.4759	10.9903	118
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.4759	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	02	2006	10.9648	13.0257	2,073
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	02	2005	10.4728	10.9648	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.4728	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	03	2006	10.9585	13.0115	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	03	2005	10.4720	10.9585	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.4720	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	04	2006	10.9394	12.9691	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	04	2005	10.4697	10.9394	0
MF®S/Sun Life Value Series S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.4697	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	05	2006	10.9140	12.9128	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	05	2005	10.4666	10.9140	0
MFS®/Sun Life Value Series S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.4666	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2006	11.5222	13.4564	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	01	2005	10.5644	11.5222	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	01	2004	10.0000	10.5644	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	02	2006	11.4955	13.3981	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	02	2005	10.5612	11.4955	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	02	2004	10.0000	10.5612	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	03	2006	11.4888	13.3835	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	03	2005	10.5605	11.4888	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	03	2004	10.0000	10.5605	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	04	2006	11.4688	13.3399	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	04	2005	10.5581	11.4688	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	04	2004	10.0000	10.5581	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	05	2006	11.4422	13.2819	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	05	2005	10.5550	11.4422	0
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class2	05	2004	10.0000	10.5550	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2006	10.7065	11.3737	1,992
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2005	10.3494	10.7065	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2004	10.0000	10.3494	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2006	10.6817	11.3244	88
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2005	10.3463	10.6817	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2004	10.0000	10.3463	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2006	10.6755	11.3121	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2005	10.3456	10.6755	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2004	10.0000	10.3456	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2006	10.6569	11.2752	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2005	10.3433	10.6569	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2004	10.0000	10.3433	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2006	10.6322	11.2262	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2005	10.3402	10.6322	0
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2004	10.0000	10.3402	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2006	12.2905	14.2304	891
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2005	10.9225	12.2905	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	01	2004	10.0000	10.9225	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2006	12.2620	14.1687	71
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2005	10.9193	12.2620	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	02	2004	10.0000	10.9193	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2006	12.2549	14.1534	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2005	10.9185	12.2549	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	03	2004	10.0000	10.9185	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2006	12.2336	14.1073	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2005	10.9161	12.2336	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	04	2004	10.0000	10.9161	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2006	12.2052	14.0460	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2005	10.9128	12.2052	0
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares	05	2004	10.0000	10.9128	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	01	2006	10.8406	12.2730	175,843
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	01	2005	10.3919	10.8406	58,093
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	01	2004	10.0000	10.3919	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	02	2006	10.8155	12.2198	65,082
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	02	2005	10.3889	10.8155	14,783
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	02	2004	10.0000	10.3889	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	03	2006	10.8092	12.2065	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	03	2005	10.3881	10.8092	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	03	2004	10.0000	10.3881	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	04	2006	10.7904	12.1668	550
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	04	2005	10.3858	10.7904	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	04	2004	10.0000	10.3858	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	05	2006	10.7653	12.1139	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	05	2005	10.3827	10.7653	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Fund® /VA, Service Shares	05	2004	10.0000	10.3827	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	01	2006	11.6407	13.1673	1,626
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	01	2005	10.7547	11.6407	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	01	2004	10.0000	10.7547	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	02	2006	11.6138	13.1103	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	02	2005	10.7516	11.6138	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	02	2004	10.0000	10.7516	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	03	2006	11.6070	13.0960	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	03	2005	10.7508	11.6070	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	03	2004	10.0000	10.7508	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	04	2006	11.5868	13.0534	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	04	2005	10.7484	11.5868	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	04	2004	10.0000	10.7484	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	05	2006	11.5599	12.9966	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	05	2005	10.7452	11.5599	0
Oppenheimer Main St. Small Cap Fund/VA	05	2004	10.0000	10.7452	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	11.3031	12.1853	837
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.3421	11.3031	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.3421	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	11.2770	12.1325	175
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	10.3391	11.2770	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.3391	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	11.2704	12.1194	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	10.3383	11.2704	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.3383	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	11.2508	12.0799	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	10.3360	11.2508	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.3360	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	11.2247	12.0274	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	10.3330	11.2247	0
PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.3330	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	9.9668	10.2237	189,732
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.0015	9.9668	57,693
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.0015	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	9.9437	10.1794	91,419
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	9.9985	9.9437	23,100
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2004	10.0000	9.9985	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	9.9379	10.1684	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	9.9978	9.9379	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2004	10.0000	9.9978	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	9.9206	10.1352	1,449
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	9.9956	9.9206	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2004	10.0000	9.9956	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	9.8976	10.0911	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	9.9926	9.8976	0
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2004	10.0000	9.9926	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	10.2623	10.1965	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.1886	10.2623	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.1886	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	10.2385	10.1523	421
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	10.1856	10.2385	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.1856	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	10.2326	10.1413	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	10.1848	10.2326	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.1848	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	10.2147	10.1082	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	10.1826	10.2147	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.1826	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	10.1910	10.0643	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	10.1796	10.1910	0
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.1796	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	10.1737	10.4233	2,583
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.0656	10.1737	128
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.0656	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	10.1502	10.3782	201
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	10.0627	10.1502	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.0627	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	10.1443	10.3669	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	10.0619	10.1443	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.0619	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	10.1266	10.3331	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	10.0597	10.1266	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.0597	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	10.1031	10.2882	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	10.0567	10.1031	0
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.0567	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	10.2235	10.5558	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.0000	10.2235	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	10.2201	10.5309	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	10.0000	10.2201	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	10.2193	10.5247	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	10.0000	10.2193	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	10.2167	10.5061	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	10.0000	10.2167	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	10.2133	10.4813	0
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	10.0000	10.2133	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2006	10.3019	9.8482	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	01	2005	10.0000	10.3019	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2006	10.2984	9.8250	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	02	2005	10.0000	10.2984	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2006	10.2976	9.8192	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	03	2005	10.0000	10.2976	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2006	10.2950	9.8018	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	04	2005	10.0000	10.2950	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2006	10.2916	9.7787	0
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio, Admin. Class	05	2005	10.0000	10.2916	0
SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund S Class	01	2006	10.0000	9.8904	0
SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund S Class	02	2006	10.0000	9.8771	0
SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund S Class	03	2006	10.0000	9.8737	0
SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund S Class	04	2006	10.0000	9.8637	0
SCSM FI Large Cap Growth Fund S Class	05	2006	10.0000	9.8504	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	01	2006	10.7016	12.6454	8
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	01	2005	10.9547	10.7016	11
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.9547	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	02	2006	10.6769	12.5906	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	02	2005	10.9514	10.6769	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.9514	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	03	2006	10.6707	12.5770	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	03	2005	10.9506	10.6707	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.9506	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	04	2006	10.6521	12.5360	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	04	2005	10.9482	10.6521	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.9482	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	05	2006	10.6274	12.4815	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	05	2005	10.9450	10.6274	0
Sun Capital® All Cap Fund S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.9450	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	01	2006	10.1008	10.4773	4
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	01	2005	10.0642	10.1008	6
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	01	2004	10.0000	10.0642	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	02	2006	10.0774	10.4319	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	02	2005	10.0612	10.0774	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	02	2004	10.0000	10.0612	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	03	2006	10.0716	10.4206	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	03	2005	10.0605	10.0716	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	03	2004	10.0000	10.0605	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	04	2006	10.0541	10.3866	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	04	2005	10.0583	10.0541	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	04	2004	10.0000	10.0583	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	05	2006	10.0307	10.3415	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	05	2005	10.0553	10.0307	0
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®  S Class	05	2004	10.0000	10.0553	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	01	2006	10.0861	10.3820	4
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	01	2005	10.0000	10.0861	3
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	02	2006	10.0702	10.3447	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	02	2005	10.0000	10.0702	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	03	2006	10.0662	10.3354	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	03	2005	10.0000	10.0662	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	04	2006	10.0543	10.3074	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	04	2005	10.0000	10.0543	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	05	2006	10.0384	10.2702	0
Sun Capital Money Market Fund®  S Class	05	2005	10.0000	10.0384	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	01	2006	11.8869	16.2587	23,493
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	01	2005	11.0173	11.8869	9,408
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	01	2004	10.0000	11.0173	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	02	2006	11.8594	16.1883	7,020
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	02	2005	11.0140	11.8594	1,309
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	02	2004	10.0000	11.0140	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	03	2006	11.8525	16.1708	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	03	2005	11.0132	11.8525	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	03	2004	10.0000	11.0132	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	04	2006	11.8319	16.1181	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	04	2005	11.0108	11.8319	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	04	2004	10.0000	11.0108	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	05	2006	11.8044	16.0481	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	05	2005	11.0075	11.8044	0
Sun Capital Real Estate Fund® S Class	05	2004	10.0000	11.0075	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2006	11.2121	14.1681	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2005	10.0000	11.2121	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2006	11.2083	14.1348	1,929
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2005	10.0000	11.2083	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2006	11.2074	14.1265	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2005	10.0000	11.2074	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2006	11.2046	14.1015	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2005	10.0000	11.2046	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2006	11.2009	14.0682	0
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2005	10.0000	11.2009	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2006	11.6597	13.9695	132,911
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2005	10.7279	11.6597	46,008
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2004	10.0000	10.7279	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2006	11.6327	13.9090	50,285
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2005	10.7247	11.6327	11,402
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2004	10.0000	10.7247	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2006	11.6259	13.8939	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2005	10.7239	11.6259	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2004	10.0000	10.7239	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2006	11.6057	13.8487	384
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2005	10.7216	11.6057	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2004	10.0000	10.7216	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2006	11.5787	13.7884	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2005	10.7184	11.5787	0
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2004	10.0000	10.7184	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2006	11.4124	13.7142	169
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2005	10.6263	11.4124	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	01	2004	10.0000	10.6263	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2006	11.3860	13.6548	74
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2005	10.6232	11.3860	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	02	2004	10.0000	10.6232	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2006	11.3794	13.6400	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2005	10.6224	11.3794	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	03	2004	10.0000	10.6224	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2006	11.3596	13.5955	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2005	10.6200	11.3596	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	04	2004	10.0000	10.6200	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2006	11.3332	13.5364	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2005	10.6169	11.3332	0
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2	05	2004	10.0000	10.6169	0
Wanger Select	01	2006	11.5457	13.6344	1
Wanger Select	01	2005	10.0000	11.5457	1
Wanger Select	02	2006	11.5275	13.5854	0
Wanger Select	02	2005	10.0000	11.5275	0
Wanger Select	03	2006	11.5230	13.5731	0
Wanger Select	03	2005	10.0000	11.5230	0
Wanger Select	04	2006	11.5093	13.5365	0
Wanger Select	04	2005	10.0000	11.5093	0
Wanger Select	05	2006	11.4911	13.4876	0
Wanger Select	05	2005	10.0000	11.4911	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	01	2006	11.0967	11.8092	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	01	2005	10.0000	11.0967	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	02	2006	11.0792	11.7668	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	02	2005	10.0000	11.0792	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	03	2006	11.0749	11.7562	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	03	2005	10.0000	11.0749	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	04	2006	11.0618	11.7244	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	04	2005	10.0000	11.0618	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	05	2006	11.0443	11.6821	0
Wanger US Smaller Companies	05	2005	10.0000	11.0443	0

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

P.O. Box 9133

Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

TELEPHONE:

Toll Free (800) 752-7215

GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR

Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc.

One Sun Life Executive Park

Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS.

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The expenses incurred by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows*:

SEC Registration Fee	$        713
Printing and Engraving	75,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses	10,000
Legal Fees and Expenses	25,000
	$110,713

-----------------

*   Except for SEC Registration Fee, all expenses are estimates

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

Article 8 of the By-Laws of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), as amended March 14, 2004, provides for indemnification of directors and officers as follows:

"Section 8.01.  General.  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, have reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.02.  Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation.  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 8.03  Indemnification Against Expenses.  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 8.04.  Board Determinations.  Any indemnification under Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such disinterested directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

Section 8.05.  Advancement of Expenses.  Expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by law or in this Article. Such expenses incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 8.06.  Nonexclusive.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8.07.  Insurance.  The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of applicable statutes, the certificate of incorporation or this Article.

Section 8.08.  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article, (a) references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued; (b) references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; (c) references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (d) references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Article.

Section 8.09.  Change in Governing Law.  In the event of any amendment or addition to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the addition of any other section to such law that limits indemnification rights thereunder, the corporation shall, to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify to the fullest extent authorized or permitted hereunder, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding."

Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York

Article 5, Section 5.6 of the By-Laws of Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York provides for indemnification of directors, officers and employees as follows:

"The Corporation may by action of the Board of Directors indemnify to the full extent and in the manner authorized by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation."

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS

Exhibit

Number Description

------------------

(1)	Marketing Coordination Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-05037, filed on April 24, 1998)
(4)(a)	Specimen Flexible Payment Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Individual Annuity Contract (Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form N-4, File No. 333-119154, filed on December 29, 2004)
(4)(b)	Subordinated New Guarantee by Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) in favor of certain holders of market value adjustment interests issued by the Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-169558, filed by those companies on September 24, 2010.)
(5)(a)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality of annuity contracts providing for the market value adjustment interests being registered (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-169561, filed on September 24, 2010.)
(5)(b)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality of Subordinated Guarantee (Incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-169561, filed on September 24, 2010.)
(23)(a)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
(23)(b)	Consent of Counsel (included as part of the opinion filed as Exhibit 5(a))
(23)(c)	Consent of Counsel (included as part of the opinion filed as Exhibit 5(b))
(24)	Powers of Attorney (included as part of the Signature pages to the initial filing of this Registration Statement on September 24, 2010.)

*Filed herewith

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

(a) Each undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed or furnished by a Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of this registration statement.

        (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

        (4)  That each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

        (5)  That, for the purpose of determining liability of a Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, each undersigned Registrant undertakes that, in a primary offering of securities pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, that undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)  any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of that undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)  any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of that undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by that undersigned Registrant;

(iii)  any portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about that undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of that undersigned Registrant;  and

(iv)  any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by that undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(b) Each undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of a Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (6) During any time there are obligations outstanding and covered by the guarantee issued by Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) ("Guarantor") and filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement ("Guarantee"), the Guarantor hereby undertakes to provide notice to contract owners covered by the Guarantee promptly after the happening of significant events related to the Guarantee. These events include: (i) termination of the Guarantee that has a material adverse effect on the contract owner's rights under the Guarantee; (ii) a default under the Guarantee that has a material adverse effect on the contract owner's rights under the Guarantee; or (iii) the insolvency of the Guarantor.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of a Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, each Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of a Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, that Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant, Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this amendment to theRegistration Statement on Form S-3 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Wellesley Hills, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 3rd day of January, 2011.

SUN LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK
(Depositor)
By: /s/ Westley V. Thompson
	Westley V. Thompson
	President, SLF U.S.

Attest:	/s/ Sandra M. DaDalt
	Sandra M. DaDalt
	Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities with the Depositor, Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York, and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
/s/ Westley V. Thompson	President, SLF U.S. and Director	January 3, 2011
Westley V. Thompson	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Ronald H. Friesen	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and	January 3, 2011
Ronald H. Friesen	Treasurer and Director
	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Douglas C. Miller	Vice President and Controller	January 3, 2011
Douglas C. Miller	(Principal Accounting Officer)
*By: /s/ Sandra M. DaDalt	Attorney-in-Fact for:	January 3, 2011
Sandra M. DaDalt	Scott M. Davis, Director
	John T. Donnelly, Director
	Leila Heckman, Director
	Donald B. Henderson, Jr, Director
	Michael K. Moran, Director
	Peter R. O'Flinn, Director
	Barbara Z. Shattuck, Director
	Michael E. Shunney, Director
	David K. Stevenson, Director
	Janet V. Whitehouse, Director

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3* and has duly caused this amendment to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Wellesley Hills, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 3rd day of January, 2011.

SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)
(Depositor)
By: /s/ Westley V. Thompson
	Westley V. Thompson
	President, SLF U.S.

Attest:	/s/ Sandra M. DaDalt
	Sandra M. DaDalt
	Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities with the Depositor, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
/s/ Westley V. Thompson	President, SLF U.S. and Director	January 3, 2011
Westley V. Thompson	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Ronald H. Friesen	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	January 3, 2011
Ronald H. Friesen	and Treasurer and Director
	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Douglas C. Miller	Vice President and Controller	January 3, 2011
Douglas C. Miller	(Principal Accounting Officer)
*By: /s/ Sandra M. DaDalt	Attorney-in-Fact for:	January 3, 2011
Sandra M. DaDalt	Scott M. Davis, Director
	Stephen L. Deschenes, Director
	Terrence J. Mullen, Director

* In making this representation the Registrant relies on Instruction 3 to the Signatures requirement for Form S-3 in that, to the extent that Registrant's Contracts and Subordinated Guarantee have not received an investment grade rating, Registrant reasonably believes that such rating will be obtained before the first sale of the Subordinated Guarantee.